Commit Graph

4623 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Miroslav Lichvar
74abc9b18f net: ethernet: update drivers to make both SW and HW TX timestamps
Some drivers were calling the skb_tx_timestamp() function only when
a hardware timestamp was not requested. Now that applications can use
the SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_TX_SWHW option to request both software and
hardware timestamps, the drivers need to be modified to unconditionally
call skb_tx_timestamp().

CC: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
CC: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Miroslav Lichvar <mlichvar@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-21 13:37:32 -04:00
Miroslav Lichvar
e341257548 net: ethernet: update drivers to handle HWTSTAMP_FILTER_NTP_ALL
Include HWTSTAMP_FILTER_NTP_ALL in net_hwtstamp_validate() as a valid
filter and update drivers which can timestamp all packets, or which
explicitly list unsupported filters instead of using a default case, to
handle the filter.

CC: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
CC: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Miroslav Lichvar <mlichvar@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-21 13:37:32 -04:00
Linus Torvalds
857f864014 pci-v4.12-changes
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJZEHmsAAoJEFmIoMA60/r88SgQAJbFddueb0+DfJ+USDud4b/Z
 akfS+G1UAm+TgtMyh1wM49dHzFssp36uWJxtWI+bPqBzuy94PMCbz7JVUV28gX9G
 tFhFuc5YH94I/3y85rbZnolb6uZN9MhLjzTFqDC9ilW6HFqmwK4t4wlHSCjQN1St
 svLYvs2G6n6/VK3Fre7/wOvdZ1erG4Qod+kn5Tx3K5TQydmRlaSBfK+DRANuDBkM
 KzGO7Bkc/Cx8hb9pHmaey/wxmNrrgmVjTtWrEnb2tEq833zP4h6GhUIJEKodMSi5
 gXPNZgKlu3n5L592M0UCh4EoHejzkv9wrcsoDm+djmsc5Zg2Howq4kAdHP8k4hUG
 0gt8n0ni9vhJN56jikrGi7cAdHCKSNnx2Ue/qTCbX0ncB3XUMuJxJwCsgW/6wa9f
 oU7tRtTS03UltnKoFAcyYclS4TaSY4SA4ySaK6Hi+cRkdVFDdyHQYbHHNSU7MsA+
 IS2tXvGoIdSYyrZMHSRcl2rRTfYQUkmPEvBF3LvqZr32M4mJMmUNAPLZaly373ZE
 iwq0ZJlrLeM0cqdFIG3S60RtJyQk/HBN1NMqrYHArWOxvWIgNd5F8NCsTTxY3wU3
 IxgBIuUFcbVwVkqEHGs8K5AvB3oghqdnA3eGOV79799eMtLn3LOvyIlpHMSw9WUq
 ags00JtMLitfNPBH3eSl
 =eE4D
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'pci-v4.12-changes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci

Pull PCI updates from Bjorn Helgaas:

 - add framework for supporting PCIe devices in Endpoint mode (Kishon
   Vijay Abraham I)

 - use non-postable PCI config space mappings when possible (Lorenzo
   Pieralisi)

 - clean up and unify mmap of PCI BARs (David Woodhouse)

 - export and unify Function Level Reset support (Christoph Hellwig)

 - avoid FLR for Intel 82579 NICs (Sasha Neftin)

 - add pci_request_irq() and pci_free_irq() helpers (Christoph Hellwig)

 - short-circuit config access failures for disconnected devices (Keith
   Busch)

 - remove D3 sleep delay when possible (Adrian Hunter)

 - freeze PME scan before suspending devices (Lukas Wunner)

 - stop disabling MSI/MSI-X in pci_device_shutdown() (Prarit Bhargava)

 - disable boot interrupt quirk for ASUS M2N-LR (Stefan Assmann)

 - add arch-specific alignment control to improve device passthrough by
   avoiding multiple BARs in a page (Yongji Xie)

 - add sysfs sriov_drivers_autoprobe to control VF driver binding
   (Bodong Wang)

 - allow slots below PCI-to-PCIe "reverse bridges" (Bjorn Helgaas)

 - fix crashes when unbinding host controllers that don't support
   removal (Brian Norris)

 - add driver for MicroSemi Switchtec management interface (Logan
   Gunthorpe)

 - add driver for Faraday Technology FTPCI100 host bridge (Linus
   Walleij)

 - add i.MX7D support (Andrey Smirnov)

 - use generic MSI support for Aardvark (Thomas Petazzoni)

 - make Rockchip driver modular (Brian Norris)

 - advertise 128-byte Read Completion Boundary support for Rockchip
   (Shawn Lin)

 - advertise PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_SLC for Rockchip root port (Shawn Lin)

 - convert atomic_t to refcount_t in HV driver (Elena Reshetova)

 - add CPU IRQ affinity in HV driver (K. Y. Srinivasan)

 - fix PCI bus removal in HV driver (Long Li)

 - add support for ThunderX2 DMA alias topology (Jayachandran C)

 - add ThunderX pass2.x 2nd node MCFG quirk (Tomasz Nowicki)

 - add ITE 8893 bridge DMA alias quirk (Jarod Wilson)

 - restrict Cavium ACS quirk only to CN81xx/CN83xx/CN88xx devices
   (Manish Jaggi)

* tag 'pci-v4.12-changes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci: (146 commits)
  PCI: Don't allow unbinding host controllers that aren't prepared
  ARM: DRA7: clockdomain: Change the CLKTRCTRL of CM_PCIE_CLKSTCTRL to SW_WKUP
  MAINTAINERS: Add PCI Endpoint maintainer
  Documentation: PCI: Add userguide for PCI endpoint test function
  tools: PCI: Add sample test script to invoke pcitest
  tools: PCI: Add a userspace tool to test PCI endpoint
  Documentation: misc-devices: Add Documentation for pci-endpoint-test driver
  misc: Add host side PCI driver for PCI test function device
  PCI: Add device IDs for DRA74x and DRA72x
  dt-bindings: PCI: dra7xx: Add DT bindings to enable unaligned access
  PCI: dwc: dra7xx: Workaround for errata id i870
  dt-bindings: PCI: dra7xx: Add DT bindings for PCI dra7xx EP mode
  PCI: dwc: dra7xx: Add EP mode support
  PCI: dwc: dra7xx: Facilitate wrapper and MSI interrupts to be enabled independently
  dt-bindings: PCI: Add DT bindings for PCI designware EP mode
  PCI: dwc: designware: Add EP mode support
  Documentation: PCI: Add binding documentation for pci-test endpoint function
  ixgbe: Use pcie_flr() instead of duplicating it
  IB/hfi1: Use pcie_flr() instead of duplicating it
  PCI: imx6: Fix spelling mistake: "contol" -> "control"
  ...
2017-05-08 19:03:25 -07:00
Stephen Boyd
ad61dd303a scripts/spelling.txt: add regsiter -> register spelling mistake
This typo is quite common.  Fix it and add it to the spelling file so
that checkpatch catches it earlier.

Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170317011131.6881-2-sboyd@codeaurora.org
Signed-off-by: Stephen Boyd <sboyd@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2017-05-08 17:15:13 -07:00
David S. Miller
8dd5b698c2 Merge branch '40GbE' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jkirsher/next-queue
Jeff Kirsher says:

====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-04-30

This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.

Jake provides majority of the changes in this series, starting with the
renaming of a flag to avoid confusion.  Then renamed a variable to a
more meaningful name to clarify what is actually being done and to
reduce confusion.  Amortizes the wait time when initializing or disabling
lots of VFs by using i40e_reset_all_vfs() and
i40e_vsi_stop_rings_no_wait().  Cleaned up a unnecessary delay since
pci_disable_sriov() already has its own delay, so need to add a additional
delay when removing VFs.  Avoid using the same name flags for both
vsi->state and pf->state, to make code review easier and assist future
work to use the correct state field when checking bits.  Use
DECLARE_BITMAP() to ensure that we always allocate enough space for flags.
Replace hw_disabled_flags with the new _AUTO_DISABLED flags, which are
more readable because we are not setting an *_ENABLED flag to
disable the feature.

Alex corrects a oversight where we were not reprogramming the ports
after a reset, which was causing us to lose all of the receive tunnel
offloads.

Arnd Bergmann moves the declaration of a local variable to avoid a
warning seen on architectures with larger pages about an unused variable.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-04-30 11:33:37 -04:00
Sasha Neftin
68fe1d5da5 e1000e: Add Support for 38.4MHZ frequency
Add support for 38.4MHz frequency is required for PTP
on CannonLake. SYSTIM frequency adjustment attributes for TIMINCA are
get/set dependent on the hardware clock frequency for a different
types of adapters. 38.4MHz frequency supported by CannonLake
and active once time synchronisation mechanism was enabled
Changed abbreviation from Hz to HZ to be compliant checkpatch code style

Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dima Ruinskiy <dima.ruinskiy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-30 05:22:32 -07:00
Sasha Neftin
c8744f44ae e1000e: Add Support for CannonLake
The propagation of CannonLake mac type to driver functionality

Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dima Ruinskiy <dima.ruinskiy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-30 05:18:30 -07:00
Sasha Neftin
3a3173b9c3 e1000e: Initial Support for CannonLake
i219 (6) and i219 (7) are the next LOM generations that will be
available on the nextIntel Client platform (CannonLake)
This patch provides the initial support for these devices

Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dima Ruinskiy <dima.ruinskiy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-30 05:15:08 -07:00
Jarod Wilson
10ed1e0bd1 e1000e: fix PTP on e1000_pch_lpt variants
I've got reports that the Intel I-218V NIC in Intel NUC5i5RYH systems used
as a PTP slave experiences random ~10 hour clock jumps, which are resolved
if the same workaround for the 82574 and 82583 is employed, so set the
appropriate flag2 in e1000_pch_lpt_info too.

Reported-by: Rupesh Patel <rupatel@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-30 05:12:07 -07:00
Arnd Bergmann
3dfc3eb581 i40evf: hide unused variable
On architectures with larger pages, we get a warning about an unused variable:

drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40evf/i40evf_main.c: In function 'i40evf_configure_rx':
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40evf/i40evf_main.c:690:21: error: unused variable 'netdev' [-Werror=unused-variable]

This moves the declaration into the #ifdef to avoid the warning.

Fixes: dab86afdbb ("i40e/i40evf: Change the way we limit the maximum frame size for Rx")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-30 05:01:35 -07:00
Jacob Keller
283aeafe6b i40evf: allocate queues before we setup the interrupts and q_vectors
This matches the ordering of how we free stuff during reset and remove.
It also makes logical sense because we set the interrupts based on the
number of queues. Currently this doesn't really matter in practice.
However a future patch moves the assignment of num_active_queues into
i40evf_alloc_queues, which is required by
i40evf_set_interrupt_capability.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-30 04:57:42 -07:00
Jacob Keller
707636c648 i40evf: remove I40E_FLAG_FDIR_ATR_ENABLED
The flag used by the common code and PF code is I40E_FLAG_FD_ATR_ENABLED,
not *FDIR*. It turns out none of the txrx code actually shared with the
VF driver actually checks the ATR flag. This is made even more obvious
by the typo in the VF header file.

Let's just remove the flag from the VF driver since it's not needed.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-30 04:55:09 -07:00
Jacob Keller
47994c119a i40e: remove hw_disabled_flags in favor of using separate flag bits
The hw_disabled_flags field was added as a way of signifying that
a feature was automatically or temporarily disabled. However, we
actually only use this for FDir features. Replace its use with new
_AUTO_DISABLED flags instead. This is more readable, because you aren't
setting an *_ENABLED flag to *disable* the feature.

Additionally, clean up a few areas where we used these bits. First, we
don't really need to set the auto-disable flag for ATR if we're fully
disabling the feature via ethtool.

Second, we should always clear the auto-disable bits in case they somehow
got set when the feature was disabled. However, avoid displaying
a message that we've re-enabled the feature.

Third, we shouldn't be re-enabling ATR in the SB ntuple add flow,
because it might have been disabled due to space constraints. Instead,
we should just wait for the fdir_check_and_reenable to be called by the
watchdog.

Overall, this change allows us to simplify some code by removing an
extra field we didn't need, and the result should make it more clear as
to what we're actually doing with these flags.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-30 04:53:58 -07:00
Jacob Keller
789f38ca70 i40evf: remove needless min_t() on num_online_cpus()*2
We already set pairs to the value of adapter->num_active_queues. This
value is limited by vsi_res->num_queue_pairs and num_online_cpus(). This
means that pairs by definition is already smaller than
num_online_cpus()*2, so we don't even need to bother with this check.

Lets just remove it and update the comment.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-30 04:50:18 -07:00
Jacob Keller
0da36b9774 i40e: use DECLARE_BITMAP for state fields
Instead of assuming our flags fit within an unsigned long, use
DECLARE_BITMAP which will ensure that we always allocate enough space.
Additionally, use __I40E_STATE_SIZE__ markers as the last element of the
enumeration so that the size of the BITMAP is compile-time assigned
rather than programmer-time assigned. This ensures that potential future
flag additions do not actually overrun the array. This is especially
important as 32bit systems would only have 32bit longs instead of 64bit
longs as we generally have assumed in the prior code.

This change also removes a dereference of the state fields throughout
the code, so it does have a bit of code churn. The conversions were
automated using sed replacements with an alternation

  s/&(vsi->back|vsi|pf)->state/\1->state/
  s/&adapter->vsi.state/adapter->vsi.state/

For debugfs, we modify the printing so that we can display chunks of the
state value on new lines. This ensures that we can print the entire set
of state values. Additionally, we now print them as 08lx to ensure that
they display nicely.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-30 04:48:13 -07:00
Jacob Keller
d19cb64b92 i40e: separate PF and VSI state flags
Avoid using the same named flags for both vsi->state and pf->state. This
makes code review easier, as it is more likely that future authors will
use the correct state field when checking bits. Previous commits already
found issues with at least one check, and possibly others may be
incorrect.

This reduces confusion as it is more clear what each flag represents,
and which flags are valid for which state field.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-30 04:42:30 -07:00
Jacob Keller
2318b4018a i40e: remove unnecessary msleep() delay in i40e_free_vfs
The delay was added because of a desire to ensure that the VF driver can
finish up removing. However, pci_disable_sriov already has its own
ssleep() call that will sleep for an entire second, so there is no
reason to add extra delay on top of this by using msleep here. In
practice, an msleep() won't have a huge impact on timing but there is no
real value in keeping it, so lets just simplify the code and remove it.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-30 04:19:55 -07:00
Jacob Keller
707d088af3 i40e: amortize wait time when disabling lots of VFs
Just as we do in i40e_reset_all_vfs, save some time when freeing VFs by
amortizing the wait time for stopping queues. We can use
i40e_vsi_stop_rings_no_wait() to begin the process of stopping all the
VF rings at once. Then, once we've started the process on each VF we can
begin waiting for the VFs to stop. This helps reduce the total wait time
by a large factor.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-30 04:18:17 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
1f190d9369 i40e: Reprogram port offloads after reset
This patch corrects a major oversight in that we were not reprogramming the
ports after a reset.  As a result we completely lost all of the Rx tunnel
offloads on receive including Rx checksum, RSS on inner headers, and ATR.

The fix for this is pretty standard as all we needed to do is reset the
filter bits to pending for all active filters and schedule the sync event.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-30 04:16:31 -07:00
Jacob Keller
27826fd5d3 i40e: rename index to port to avoid confusion
The .index field of i40e_udp_port_config represents the udp port number.
Rename this variable to port so that it is more obvious.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-30 04:13:49 -07:00
Jacob Keller
1b48437028 i40e: make use of i40e_reset_all_vfs when initializing new VFs
When allocating a large number of VFs, the driver previously used
i40e_reset_vf in a sequence. Just as when performing a normal reset,
this accumulates a large amount of delay for handling all of the VFs in
sequence. This delay is mainly due to a hardware requirement to wait
after initiating a reset on the VF.

We recently added a new function, i40e_reset_all_vfs() which can be used
to amortize the delay time, by first triggering all VF resets, then
waiting once, and finally cleaning up and allocating the VFs. This is
almost as good as truly running the resets in parallel.

In order to avoid sending a spurious reset message to a client
interface, we have a check to see whether we've assigned
pf->num_alloc_vfs yet. This was originally intended as a way to
distinguish the "initialization" case from the regular reset case.

Unfortunately, this means that we can't directly use i40e_reset_all_vfs
yet. Lets avoid this check of pf->num_alloc_vfs by replacing it with
a proper VSI state bit which we can use instead. This makes the
intention much clearer and allows us to re-use the i40e_reset_all_vfs
function directly.

Change-ID: I694279b37eb6b5a91b6670182d0c15d10244fd6e
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-30 04:05:20 -07:00
Jacob Keller
6322e63c35 i40e: properly spell I40E_VF_STATE_* flags
These flags represent the state of the VF at various times. Do not
spell them as _STAT_ which can be confusing to readers who may think
these refer to statistics.

Change-ID: I6bc092cd472e8276896a1fd7498aced2084312df
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-30 03:58:53 -07:00
Tony Nguyen
e60ae00361 ixgbevf: Check for RSS key before setting value
The RSS key is being repopulated every time the interface is brought up
regardless of whether there is an existing value. If the user sets the RSS
key and the interface is brought up (e.g. reset), the user specified RSS
key will be overwritten.

This patch changes the rss_key to a pointer so we can check to see if the
key has been populated and preserve it accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-29 20:01:04 -07:00
Tony Nguyen
82fb670c5f ixgbevf: Fix errors in retrieving RETA and RSS from PF
Mailbox support for getting RETA and RSS is available for only 82599 and
x540; a previous patch reversed the logic and these adapters were
returning not supported.

Also, the NACK check in ixgbevf_get_rss_key_locked() was checking for the
command IXGBE_VF_GET_RETA instead of IXGBE_VF_GET_RSS_KEY.

This patch corrects both issues by correcting the logic and checking for
the right command.

Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-29 20:01:04 -07:00
Tony Nguyen
3dfbfc7ebb ixgbe: Check for RSS key before setting value
The RSS key is being repopulated every time the interface is brought up
regardless of whether there is an existing value. If the user sets the RSS
key and the interface is brought up (e.g. reset), the user specified RSS
key will be overwritten.

This patch changes the rss_key to a pointer so we can check to see if the
key has been populated and preserve it accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-29 20:01:04 -07:00
Paul Greenwalt
8dc963e1cd ixgbe: Add 1000Base-T device based on X550EM_X MAC
Add support for new 1000Base-T device based on X550EM_X MAC
type. All PHY operations are disabled as the PHY is controlled
by FW.

Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-29 20:01:03 -07:00
Tony Nguyen
27bdc44cdb ixgbe: Allow setting zero MAC address for VF
Currently, there is no logic that allows a VF's MAC address to be removed
from the RAR table.

Allow the user to specify a zero MAC address in order to clear the VF's
MAC address from the RAR table.  This functionality is also utilized by
libvirt when removing VFs.

Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-29 20:01:03 -07:00
Emil Tantilov
f87fc44770 ixgbevf: fix size of queue stats length
IXGBEVF_QUEUE_STATS_LEN is based on ixgebvf_stats, not ixgbe_stats.

This change fixes a bug where ethtool -S displayed some empty fields.

Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-29 20:01:03 -07:00
Emil Tantilov
e251ecf752 ixgbe: clean macvlan MAC filter table on VF reset
Flush the macvlan filters on VF reset to avoid conflict with other VFs that
may end up using the same MAC address.

The main change here is the call to ixgbe_set_vf_macvlan() with index 0.

Moved ixgbe_set_vf_macvlan() in front of ixgbe_vf_reset_event() to avoid
adding a prototype.

Reported-by: Sritej Kanakadandi Sritej Rama <skanakad@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-29 20:01:03 -07:00
John Fastabend
7379f97a4f ixgbe: delay tail write to every 'n' packets
Current XDP implementation hits the tail on every XDP_TX return
code. This patch changes driver behavior to only hit the tail after
packet processing is complete.

With this patch I can run XDP drop programs @ 14+Mpps and XDP_TX
programs are at ~13.5Mpps.

Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-29 20:01:02 -07:00
John Fastabend
33fdc82f08 ixgbe: add support for XDP_TX action
A couple design choices were made here. First I use a new ring
pointer structure xdp_ring[] in the adapter struct instead of
pushing the newly allocated XDP TX rings into the tx_ring[]
structure. This means we have to duplicate loops around rings
in places we want to initialize both TX rings and XDP rings.
But by making it explicit it is obvious when we are using XDP
rings and when we are using TX rings. Further we don't have
to do ring arithmatic which is error prone. As a proof point
for doing this my first patches used only a single ring structure
and introduced bugs in FCoE code and macvlan code paths.

Second I am aware this is not the most optimized version of
this code possible. I want to get baseline support in using
the most readable format possible and then once this series
is included I will optimize the TX path in another series
of patches.

Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-29 19:58:07 -07:00
John Fastabend
9247080816 ixgbe: add XDP support for pass and drop actions
Basic XDP drop support for ixgbe. Uses READ_ONCE/xchg semantics on XDP
programs instead of RCU primitives as suggested by Daniel Borkmann and
Alex Duyck.

v2: fix the build issues seen w/ XDP when page sizes are larger than 4K
    and made minor fixes based on feedback from Jakub Kicinski

Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-29 19:55:08 -07:00
Paul Greenwalt
6133406be1 ixgbe: Acquire PHY semaphore before device reset
A recent firmware change fixed an issue to acquire the PHY semaphore before
accessing PHY registers. This led to a case where  SW can issue a device
reset clearing the MDIO registers. This patch makes SW acquire the PHY
semaphore before issuing a device reset.

Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-28 19:02:31 -07:00
Christoph Hellwig
63af8f7a82 ixgbe: Use pcie_flr() instead of duplicating it
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-27 11:46:50 -05:00
David S. Miller
9b5381637e Merge branch '1GbE' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jkirsher/next-queue
Jeff Kirsher says:

====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-04-20

This series contains updates to e1000, e1000e, igb/vf and ixgb.

Tobias Klauser cleans up e1000, ixgb and igbvf from having a local
function or structure for netdev stats.

Bernd Faust fixes an issue for 82579 devices, where the clock frequency
was being incorrectly set for these devices.  These devices only support
96MHz, so make sure they are set to use only that.

Yury Kylulin extends the work Jake and Alex did for ixgbe in MAC filter
handling into the igb driver.

Kim Tatt Chuah enables igb to wake up by packet and to read the necessary
Wake Up Status (WUS) and Wake Up Packet Memory (WUPM) registers.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-04-24 11:53:53 -04:00
David S. Miller
072cec7797 Merge branch '40GbE' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jkirsher/next-queue
Jeff Kirsher says:

====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-04-19

This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only, most notable being
the addition of trace points for BPF programs.

Tobias Klauser updates i40evf to use net_device stats struct instead
of a local private copy.

Preethi updates the VF driver to not enable receive checksum offload by
default for tunneled packets.

Alex fixes an issue he introduced when he converted the code over to
using the length field to determine if a descriptor was done or not.

Mitch adds the ability to dump additional information on the VFs, which
is not available through 'ip link show' using debugfs.

Scott adds trace points to the drivers so that BPF programs can be
attached for feature testing and verification.

Jingjing adds admin queue functions for Pipeline Personalization Profile
commands.

Jake does most of the heavy lifting in this series, starting with the
a reduction in the scope of the RTNL lock being held while resetting VFs
to allow multiple PFs to reset in a timely manner.  Factored out the
direct queue modification so that we are able to re-use the code.
Reduced the wait time for admin queue commands to complete, since we were
waiting a minimum of a millisecond, when in practice the admin queue
command is processed often much faster.  Cleaned up code (flag) we never
use.  Make the code to resetting all the VFs optimized for parallel
computing instead of the current way is a serialized fashion, to help
reduce the time it takes.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-04-21 14:13:11 -04:00
Tobias Klauser
55c05dd029 igbvf: Use net_device_stats from struct net_device
Instead of using a private copy of struct net_device_stats in
struct igbvf_adapter, use stats from struct net_device. Also remove the
now unnecessary .ndo_get_stats function.

Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-20 16:32:45 -07:00
Kim Tatt Chuah
b90fa87635 igb: Enable reading of wake up packet
Currently, in igb_resume(), igb driver ignores the Wake Up Status (WUS)
and Wake Up Packet Memory (WUPM) registers. This patch enables the igb
driver to read the WUPM if the controller was woken by a wake up packet
that is not more than 128 bytes long (maximum WUPM size), then pass it
up the kernel network stack.

Signed-off-by: Kim Tatt Chuah <kim.tatt.chuah@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-20 16:32:45 -07:00
Yury Kylulin
4827cc3779 igb/igbvf: Add VF MAC filter request capabilities
Add functionality for the VF to request up to 3 additional MAC filters.
This is done using existing E1000_VF_SET_MAC_ADDR message, but with
additional message info - E1000_VF_MAC_FILTER_CLR to clear all unicast
MAC filters previously set for this VF and E1000_VF_MAC_FILTER_ADD to
add MAC filter.

Additional filters can be added only in case if administrator did not
set VF MAC explicitly and allowed to change default MAC to the VF.

Due to the limited number of RAR entries reserve at least 3 MAC filters
for the PF.

If SRIOV is supported by the NIC after this change RAR entries starting
from 1 to (RAR MAX ENTRIES - NUM SRIOV VFS) will be used for PF and VF
MAC filters.

Signed-off-by: Yury Kylulin <yury.kylulin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-20 16:32:44 -07:00
Yury Kylulin
83c21335c8 igb: improve MAC filter handling
Using the work which was done for ixgbe driver by Jacob Keller
commit 5d7daa35b9 ("ixgbe: improve mac filter handling") and Alexander
Duyck commit 0f079d2283 ("ixgbe: Use __dev_uc_sync and __dev_uc_unsync
for unicast addresses") and out-of-tree igb driver add functionality to
manage (add and delete) MAC filters.

Signed-off-by: Yury Kylulin <yury.kylulin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-20 16:32:44 -07:00
Bernd Faust
5313eeccd2 e1000e: fix timing for 82579 Gigabit Ethernet controller
After an upgrade to Linux kernel v4.x the hardware timestamps of the
82579 Gigabit Ethernet Controller are different than expected.
The values that are being read are almost four times as big as before
the kernel upgrade.

The difference is that after the upgrade the driver sets the clock
frequency to 25MHz, where before the upgrade it was set to 96MHz. Intel
confirmed that the correct frequency for this network adapter is 96MHz.

Signed-off-by: Bernd Faust <berndfaust@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-20 16:32:44 -07:00
Tobias Klauser
541c1662ba ixgb: Omit private ndo_get_stats function
ixgb_get_stats() just returns dev->stats so we can leave it
out altogether and let dev_get_stats() do the job.

Suggested-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-20 16:18:45 -07:00
Tobias Klauser
14cf2ddf08 e1000: Omit private ndo_get_stats function
e1000_get_stats() just returns dev->stats so we can leave it
out altogether and let dev_get_stats() do the job.

Suggested-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-20 16:18:45 -07:00
Jacob Keller
3480756f2c i40e: use i40e_stop_rings_no_wait to implement PORT_SUSPENDED state
This state bit was added as a way for DCB to avoid having to wait for
the queues to disable when handling LLDP events. The logic for this was
burried deep within stop Tx and stop Rx queue code. First, let's rename
it so that it does not appear to only affect Tx when infact it modifies
both Tx and Rx flow. Second we can move it up into the i40e_stop_rings()
function, and we can simply re-use the i40e_stop_rings_no_wait() so that
we don't have to bury the implementation as deep into the call stack.

An alternative might be to remove the state bit and instead attempt to
shut down everything directly in DCP flow. This, however, is not ideal
because it creates yet another separate shutdown routine that we'd have
to maintain. In the current implementation any changes will be made to
both flows.

Change-ID: I68e1ccb901af320862bca395e9c9746f08e8b17c
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-19 17:49:17 -07:00
Jacob Keller
e4b433f4a7 i40e: reset all VFs in parallel when rebuilding PF
When there are a lot of active VFs, it can take multiple seconds to
finish resetting all of them during certain flows., which can cause some
VFs to fail to wait long enough for the reset to occur. The user might
see messages like "Never saw reset" or "Reset never finished" and the VF
driver will stop functioning properly.

The naive solution would be to simply increase the wait timer. We can
get much more clever. Notice that i40e_reset_vf is run in a serialized
fashion, and includes lots of delays.

There are two prominent delays which take most of the time. First, when
we begin resetting VFs, we have multiple 10ms delays which accrue
because we reset each VF in a serial fashion. These delays accumulate to
almost 4 seconds when handling the maximum number of VFs (128).

Secondly, there is a massive 50ms delay for each time we disable queues
on a VSI. This delay is necessary to allow HW to finish disabling queues
before we restore functionality. However, just like with the first case,
we are paying the cost for each VF, rather than disabling all VFs and
waiting once.

Both of these can be fixed, but required some previous refactoring to
handle the special case. First, we will need the
i40e_vsi_wait_queues_disabled function which was previously DCB
specific. Second, we will need to implement our own
i40e_vsi_stop_rings_no_wait function which will handle the stopping of
rings without the delays.

Finally, implement an i40e_reset_all_vfs function, which will first
start the reset of all VFs, and pay the wait cost all at once, rather
than serially waiting for each VF before we start processing then next
one. After the VF has been reset, we'll disable all the VF queues, and
then wait for them to disable. Again, we'll organize the flow such that
we pay the wait cost only once.

Finally, after we've disabled queues we'll go ahead and begin restoring
VF functionality. The result is reducing the wait time by a large factor
and ensuring that VFs do not timeout when waiting in the VF driver.

Change-ID: Ia6e8cf8d98131b78aec89db78afb8d905c9b12be
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-19 17:45:07 -07:00
Jacob Keller
9dc2e41738 i40e: split some code in i40e_reset_vf into helpers
A future patch is going to want to re-use some of the code in
i40e_reset_vf, so lets break up the beginning and ending parts into
their own helper functions. The first function will be used to
initialize the reset on a VF, while the second function will be used to
finalize the reset and restore functionality.

Change-ID: I48df808b8bf09de3c2ed8c521f57b3f0ab9e5907
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-19 17:42:21 -07:00
Jacob Keller
1de81c2d07 i40e: remove I40E_FLAG_IN_NETPOLL entirely
This flag was originally intended to be used to let some
driver code know when we were running from netpoll.
Ultimately this was not necessary and we never used it.
Let's remove it

Change-ID: I43b72483d91c1638071d2a7f389ab171ec5b796a
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-19 17:40:27 -07:00
Jacob Keller
9e3f23f44f i40e: reduce wait time for adminq command completion
When sending an adminq command, we wait for the command to complete in
a loop. This loop waits for an entire millisecond, when in practice the
adminq command is processed often much faster.

Change the loop to use i40e_usec_delay instead, and wait for 50 usecs
each time instead. This appears to be about the minimum time required,
based on some manual observation and testing.

The primary benefit of this change is reducing latency of various
operations in the PF driver, especially when related to having a large
number of VFs enabled.

For example, on Linux, when instantiating 128 VFs, the time to finish
the operation dropped from about 9 seconds down to under 6 seconds.
Additionally, the time it takes to finish a PF reset with 128 VFs
dropped from 5.1 seconds down to 0.7 seconds.

As the examples above show, a significant portion of the delay is wasted
waiting for admiqn operations which have already finished.

This patch shouldn't cause impact to functionality, as we still check
and keep waiting until the command does get processed. The only expected
change is an increase in CPU utilization as we now check for completion
far more times. However, in practice the commands appear to generally be
complete within the first delay window anyways.

Change-ID: If8af8388e100da0a14eaf9e1af3afadf73a958cf
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-19 17:38:25 -07:00
Jacob Keller
e8d2f4c674 i40e: fix CONFIG_BUSY checks in i40e_set_settings function
The check for I40E_CONFIG_BUSY state bit in the i40e_set_link_ksettings
function is fishy. First we can notice a few things about the check here.

First a similar check was introduced by commit
'c7d05ca89f8e ("i40e: driver ethtool core")'

Later a commit introducing the link settings was added by commit
'bf9c71417f72 ("i40e: Implement set_settings for ethtool")'

However, this second check was against vsi->state instead of pf->state,
and also failed to set the bit, it only checks. That indicates the locking
was not quite correct. The only other place that the state bit
in vsi->state gets used is to protect the filter list.

Since this code does not care about the mac filter list,  and seems
clear the original code should have set the pf->state bit. Fix these
issues by using pf->state correctly, and by actually setting the bit
so that we properly lock as expected.

Since these checks occur while holding the rtnl_lock(), lets also add a
timeout so that we don't potentially softlock the system.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-19 17:17:03 -07:00
Jacob Keller
c768e49064 i40e: factor out queue control from i40e_vsi_control_(tx|rx)
A future patch will need to be able to handle controlling queues without
waiting until all VSIs are handled. Factor out the direct queue
modification so that we can easily re-use this code. The result is also
a bit easier to read since we don't embed multiple single-letter loop
counters.

Change-ID: Id923cbfa43127b1c24d8ed4f809b1012c736d9ac
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-19 17:13:56 -07:00
Jacob Keller
024b05f424 i40e: don't hold RTNL lock while waiting for VF reset to finish
We made some effort to reduce the RTNL lock scope when resetting and
rebuilding the PF. Unfortunately we still held the RTNL lock during the
VF reset operation, which meant that multiple PFs could not reset in
parallel due to the global lock. For now, further reduce the scope by
not holding the RTNL lock while resetting VFs. This allows multiple PFs
to reset in a timely manner.

Change-ID: I2fbf823a0063f24dff67676cad09f0bbf83ee4ce
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-19 17:11:30 -07:00
Jingjing Wu
1d5c960c5e i40e: new AQ commands
Add admin queue functions for Pipeline Personalization Profile AQ
commands:
 - Write Recipe Command buffer (Opcode: 0x0270)
 - Get Applied Profiles list (Opcode: 0x0271)

Change-ID: I558b4145364140f624013af48d4bbf79d21ebb0d
Signed-off-by: Jingjing Wu <jingjing.wu@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-19 17:04:06 -07:00
Scott Peterson
ed0980c440 i40e/i40evf: Add tracepoints
This patch adds tracepoints to the i40e and i40evf drivers to which
BPF programs can be attached for feature testing and verification.
It's expected that an attached BPF program will identify and count or
log some interesting subset of traffic. The bcc-tools package is
helpful there for containing all the BPF arcana in a handy Python
wrapper. Though you can make these tracepoints log trace messages, the
messages themselves probably won't be very useful (other to verify the
tracepoint is being called while you're debugging your BPF program).

The idea here is that tracepoints have such low performance cost when
disabled that we can leave these in the upstream drivers. This may
eventually enable the instrumentation of unmodified customer systems
should the need arise to verify a NIC feature is working as expected.
In general this enables one set of feature verification tools to be
used on these drivers whether they're built with the kernel or
separately.

Users are advised against using these tracepoints for anything other
than a diagnostic tool. They have a performance impact when enabled,
and their exact placement and form may change as we see how well they
work in practice for the purposes above.

Change-ID: Id6014a7322c0e6d08068114dd20bd156f2f6435e
Signed-off-by: Scott Peterson <scott.d.peterson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-19 16:47:31 -07:00
Mitch Williams
3118025a07 i40e: dump VF information in debugfs
Dump some internal state about VFs through debugfs. This provides
information not available with 'ip link show'. To use, write "dump vf
<id>" to the command file, or just "dump vf" to dump information on all
of the VFs.

Change-ID: Ibe32b7f4ae55d4358c0b903217475f708ada1ecd
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-19 16:38:23 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
0e626ff7cc i40e: Fix support for flow director programming status
This patch fixes an issue I introduced when I converted the code over to
using the length field to determine if a descriptor was done or not. It
turns out that we are also processing programming descriptors in the Rx
path and need to have these processed even though the length field will be
0 on these packets.  What will happen with a programming descriptor is that
we will receive a descriptor that has the SPH bit set, and the header
length and packet length fields cleared.

To account for this we should be checking for the bit for split header
being set even though we aren't actually using header split. This bit is
set in the length field to indicate if a programming descriptor response is
contained in the descriptor. Since we don't support header split we don't
need to perform the extra checks of using a fixed value for the entire
length field.

In addition I am moving the function for checking if a filter is a
programming status filter into the i40e_txrx.c file since there is no
longer support for FCoE it doesn't make sense to keep this file in i40e.h.

Change-ID: I12c359c3dc70adb9d6b92b27324bb2c7f04c1a06
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-19 16:36:18 -07:00
alice michael
53240e99db i40e/i40evf: Remove VF Rx csum offload for tunneled packets
Rx checksum offload for tunneled packets was never being negotiated or
requested by VF. This capability was assumed by default and enabled in
current hardware for VF. Going forward, this feature needs to be disabled
or advanced ptypes should be negotiated with PF in the future.

Change-ID: I9e54cfa8a90e03ab6956db4412f1e337ccd2c2e0
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-19 16:32:53 -07:00
Tobias Klauser
4a0a3abfd9 i40evf: Use net_device_stats from struct net_device
Instead of using a private copy of struct net_device_stats in
struct i40evf_adapter, use stats from struct net_device. Also remove the
now unnecessary .ndo_get_stats function.

Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-19 16:31:34 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
18a8cc9815 ixgbe: Fix output from ixgbe_dump
I just found that when we had changed the Rx path to check for length
instead of the DD bit we introduced an issue in ixgbe_dump since we were no
longer clearing the status bits.

To correct this I am updating ixgbe_dump to look for the length bits in the
descriptor since that is what we are using in the Rx path.

Fixes: c3630cc40b ("ixgbe: Use length to determine if descriptor is done")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-18 15:27:33 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
541ea69a90 ixgbe: Add support for maximum headroom when using build_skb
This patch increases the headroom allocated when using build_skb on a
system with 4K pages.  Specifically the breakdown of headroom versus cache
size is as follows:
    L1 Cache Size           Headroom
    64                      192
    64, NET_IP_ALIGN == 2   194
    128                     128
    128, NET_IP_ALIGN == 2  130
    256                     512
    256, NET_IP_ALIGN == 2  258

I stopped at supporting only a cache line size of 256 as that was the
largest cache size I could find supported in the kernel.

With this we are guaranteeing at least 128 bytes of headroom to spare in
the frame.  This should be enough for us to insert a couple of IPv6 headers
if needed which is likely enough room for anything XDP should need.

I'm leaving the padding for systems with pages larger than 4K unmodified
for now.  XDP currently isn't really setup to work on those types of
systems so we can cross that bridge when we get there.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-18 13:32:45 -07:00
Tony Nguyen
f4a6374ba4 ixgbe: add check for VETO bit when configuring link for KR
We did not have a check in place for MMNGC.MNG_VETO when setting up link
on X550EM_X KR devices which resulted in link loss for the BMC when
loading the driver.

This patch adds a check for ixgbe_check_reset_blocked() in setup_link()
since in that case there is no PHY reset function.

Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-18 13:29:55 -07:00
Philippe Reynes
9668c93616 ixgbevf: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-18 13:28:31 -07:00
Don Skidmore
7ee814d7a6 ixgbe: Remove unused define
Remove the Marvell 1145 PHY define as we have never had a device that
supports it and have no plan to in the future.  The existence of this
define has caused confusing on whether or not this PHY was supported
by ixgbe.

Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-18 13:26:53 -07:00
Emil Tantilov
5c11f00dda ixgbe: do not use adapter->num_vfs when setting VFs via module parameter
Avoid setting adapter->num_vfs early in the init code path when
using the max_vfs module parameter by passing it to ixgbe_enable_sriov()
as a function parameter.

This fixes an issue where if we failed to allocate vfinfo in
__ixgbe_enable_sriov() the driver will crash with NULL pointer in
ixgbe_disable_sriov() when attempting to free the vfinfo struct based
on adapter->num_vfs. Also it cleans up the assignment of adapter->num_vfs
since now it will only be set in __ixgbe_enable_sriov() and cleared in
ixgbe_disable_sriov().

Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-18 13:25:30 -07:00
Emil Tantilov
da614d042a ixgbe: return early instead of wrap block in if statement
Since we exit at the end of the block, we can save a level of
indentation by performing an early return, and make the next several
sections of code more legible, with fewer 80 character line breaks.

Also moved allocating vfinfo at the beginning and the notification
for enabling SRIOV at the end of the function when we know that it
will succeed.

Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-18 13:24:04 -07:00
Emil Tantilov
2bc0972988 ixgbe: move num_vfs_macvlans allocation into separate function
Move the code allocating memory for list of MAC addresses that
the VFs can use for MACVLAN into its own function.

Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-18 13:11:54 -07:00
Emil Tantilov
5b9d3cfb6b ixgbe: add default setup_link for x550em_a MAC type
Add default setting for mac->ops.setup_link on x550em_a MAC types.
This fixes a link issue on KR parts.

Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-18 13:10:03 -07:00
Don Skidmore
8e5c9c534f ixgbe: list X553 backplane speeds correctly
We forgot to indicate some of the supported speed on the X553
backplane.  This patch attempts to correct for that.

Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-18 13:08:48 -07:00
Don Skidmore
18e01ee75f ixgbe: Add X552 XFI backplane support
This patch add support for X552 XFI backplane interface.  The XFI
backplane requires a custom tuned link.  HW/FW owns the link config
for XF backplane and SW must not interfere with it.

Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-18 13:06:54 -07:00
Don Skidmore
18bda0d93b ixgbe: Complete support for X553 sgmii
The initial patches supporting X553 sgmii forgot some details.  This patch
should cover those missing spots.

Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-18 13:05:55 -07:00
Tony Nguyen
5fbf5addad ixgbe: Remove driver config for KX4 PHY
The KX4 PHY is configured by the NVM.  Currently, the driver is overwriting
the config; remove the code associated with KX4 configuration.

Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh  <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
2017-04-18 13:04:09 -07:00
Joe Perches
332f235836 ixgbe: Remove pr_cont uses
As pr_cont output can be interleaved by other processes,
using pr_cont should be avoided where possible.

Miscellanea:

- Use a temporary pointer to hold the next descriptions and
  consolidate the pr_cont uses
- Use the temporary buffer to hold the 8 u32 register values and
  emit those in a single go
- Coalesce formats and logging neatening around those changes
- Fix a defective output for the rx ring entry description when
  also emitting rx_buffer_info data

This reduces overall object size a tiny bit too.

$ size drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/*.o*
   text	   data	    bss	    dec	    hex	filename
  62167	    728	     12	  62907	   f5bb	drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe_main.o.new
  62273	    728	     12	  63013	   f625	drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe_main.o.old

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-18 12:59:44 -07:00
Usha Ketineni
b5d8acbb87 ixgbe: Avoid Tx hang by not allowing more than the number of VFs supported.
When DCB is enabled, add checks to ensure creation of number of VF's is
valid based on the traffic classes configured by the device.

Signed-off-by: Usha Ketineni <usha.k.ketineni@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ronald Bynoe <ronald.j.bynoe@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-18 12:53:52 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
f8b45b74cc i40e/i40evf: Use build_skb to build frames
This patch is meant to improve the performance of the Rx path.
Specifically by using build_skb we have several distinct advantages.

In the case of small frames we were previously using a copy-break approach.
This means that we were allocating a page fragment to use for skb->head,
and were having to copy the packet into that region.  Both of those calls
are now avoided since we just build the skb around the data.

In the case of large frames the gains are much more significant.
Specifically we were having to allocate skb->head, and copy the headers as
before.  However in addition we were having to parse the header using
eth_get_headlen which could be quite expensive.  All of this is avoided by
building the frame around the data.  I have seen gains as high as 30% when
using VXLAN for instance due to just header pulling overhead.

Finally with all this in place it also sets us up to start looking at
enabling XDP.  Specifically we now have a path in which the data is in the
page and the frame is built around it.  So if we parse it with XDP before
we call build_skb we can take care of any necessary processing there.

Change-ID: Id4bdd618e94473d41f892417e5d8019639e421e3
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-08 02:53:51 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
ca9ec0888d i40e/i40evf: Add support for padding start of frames
This patch adds padding to the start of frames to make room for headroom
for us to eventually start using build_skb.  Right now we guarantee at
least NET_SKB_PAD + NET_IP_ALIGN, however we allocate more space if more is
available.  For example on x86 the headroom should be 192 bytes.

On systems that have too large of a cache line size to support storing 1.5K
padding and shared info we default to using 3K buffers and reserve
everything that isn't used for skb_shared_info or the data buffer for
headroom.

Change-ID: I33c641c9a1ea10cf7cc484c2d20985368d2d709a
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-08 02:53:51 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
98efd69493 i40e/i40evf: Add support for using order 1 pages with a 3K buffer
There are situations where adding padding to the front and back of an Rx
buffer will require that we add additional padding.  Specifically if
NET_IP_ALIGN is non-zero, or the MTU size is larger than 7.5K we would need
to use 2K buffers which leaves us with no room for the padding.

To preemptively address these cases I am adding support for 3K buffers to
the Rx path so that we can provide the additional padding needed in the
event of NET_IP_ALIGN being non-zero or a cache line being greater than 64.

Change-ID: I938bc1ba611285428df39a613cd66f98e60b55c7
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-08 02:53:50 -07:00
Jacob Keller
33512191fe i40e: clean up historic deprecated flag definitions
Since an early commit a few flags have no longer
been used. Remove these definitions to reduce code clutter.

Change-ID: I3589be4622574e747013cd4dc403e18b039f4965
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-08 02:53:50 -07:00
Alice Michael
78786d4a59 i40e: remove I40E_FLAG_NEED_LINK_UPDATE
The I40E_FLAG_NEED_LINK_UPDATE was never used. Remove the flag
definitions.

Change-ID: If59d0c6b4af85ca27281f3183c54b055adb439a4
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-08 02:53:50 -07:00
Jacob Keller
af26ce2dfb i40e: remove extraneous loop in i40e_vsi_wait_queues_disabled
We can simply check both Tx and Rx queues in a single loop, rather than
repeating the loop twice.

Change-ID: Ic06f26b0e3c2620e0e33c1a2999edda488e647ad
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-08 02:53:50 -07:00
Jacob Keller
41c4c2b50d i40e: allow look-up of MAC address from Open Firmware or IDPROM
Look up the MAC address from the eth_get_platform_mac_address() function
first before checking what the firmware provides. We already handle the
case of re-writing the MAC-VLAN filter, so there is no need to add extra
code for this. However, update the comment where we do this to indicate
that it does impact the Open Firmware MAC address case.

Change-ID: I73e59fbe0b0e7e6f3ee9f5170d0bd3a4d5faf4db
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-08 02:53:49 -07:00
Alan Brady
17daabb5e8 i40e: Simplify i40e_detect_recover_hung_queue logic
This patch greatly reduces the unneeded complexity in the
i40e_detect_recover_hung_queue code path.  The previous implementation
set a 'hung bit' which would then get cleared while polling.  If the
detection routine was called a second time with the bit already set, we
would issue a software interrupt.  This patch makes it such that if
interrupts are disabled and we have pending TX descriptors, we trigger a
software interrupt since in, the worst case, queues are already clean
and we have an extra interrupt.

Additionally this patch removes the workaround for lost interrupts as
calling napi_reschedule in this context can cause software interrupts to
fire on the wrong CPU.

Change-ID: Iae108582a3ceb6229ed1d22e4ed6e69cf97aad8d
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-08 02:53:49 -07:00
Maciej Sosin
373149fc99 i40e: Decrease the scope of rtnl lock
Previously rtnl lock was held during whole reset procedure that
was stopping other PFs running their reset procedures. In the result
reset was not handled properly and host reset was the only way
to recover.

Change-ID: I23c0771c0303caaa7bd64badbf0c667e25142954
Signed-off-by: Maciej Sosin <maciej.sosin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-08 02:53:49 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
e8c5f7231c i40e: Swap use of pf->flags and pf->hw_disabled_flags for ATR Eviction
This is a minor cleanup so that we are always updating pf->flags when we
make a change to the private flags instead of updating a mix of either
pf->flags and/or pf->hw_disabled_flags.

In addition I went through and cleaned out all the spots where we were
using the X722 define in regards to this flag.

Lastly since we changed the logic I went through and flushed out any
redundancy and cleaned up the handling of the flags in the Tx path.

Change-ID: I79ff95a7272bb2533251ff11ef91e89ccb80b610
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-08 02:53:49 -07:00
Jacob Keller
a346fb836c i40e: update error message when trying to add invalid filters
Re-word the error message displayed when adding a filter with an
invalid flow type. Additionally, report a distinct error message when
the IPv4 protocol is at fault.

Change-ID: Iba3d85b87f8d383c97c8bdd180df34a6adf3ee67
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-08 02:53:48 -07:00
Mitch Williams
004eb614c4 i40e: only register client on iWarp-capable devices
The client interface is only intended for use on devices that support
iWarp. Only register with the client if this is the case.

This fixes a panic when loading i40iw on X710 devices.

Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Reported-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-08 02:53:48 -07:00
Mitch Williams
921c467c6b i40e: close client on remove and shutdown
When the driver is removed or shut down, close any attached clients
(i.e. i40iw). This prevents a panic seen sometimes on forced driver
removal or system shutdown when iWarp is running.

Change-ID: I4f6161e5a73ffbb2fd5883567b007310302bfcb5
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-06 20:22:28 -07:00
Mitch Williams
8090f6183c i40e: register existing client on probe
In some cases, a client (i40iw) may already be present when probe is
called. Check for this, and add a client instance if necessary.

Change-ID: I2009312694b7ad81f1023919e4c6c86181f21689
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-06 20:22:28 -07:00
Mitch Williams
295c0a5550 i40e: remove client instance on driver unload
When the driver is unloaded, we need to remove the client instance,
otherwise we leak memory.

Change-ID: If1e7882ac1f6ce15d004722fafbe31afbe0adc9a
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-06 20:22:27 -07:00
Preethi Banala
bacd75cfac i40e/i40evf: Add capability exchange for outer checksum
This patch adds a capability negotiation between VF and PF using ENCAP/
ENCAP_CSUM offload flags in order for the VF to support outer checksum
and TSO offloads for encapsulated packets. These capabilities were assumed
by default and enabled in current hardware. Going forward, these features
needs to be negotiated with PF before advertising to the stack.
Additionally, strip out the mac.type checks for X722 since outer checksums
are enabled based on the ENCAP_CSUM offload negotiation flag and maintain
consistency between drivers in how the features are configured.

Change-ID: Ie380a6f57eca557a2bb575b66b12fae36d308920
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-06 20:14:51 -07:00
David S. Miller
b404127879 Merge branch '100GbE' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jkirsher/next-queue
Jeff Kirsher says:

====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-04-05

This series contains updates to fm10k only.

Phil Turnbull from Oracle fixes an issue where the argument provided to
FM10K_REMOVED macro was not what was expecting.

Jake modifies the driver to replace the bitwise operators and defines with
a BITMAP and enumeration values to avoid race conditions.  Also future
proof the driver so that developers do not have to remember to re-size the
bitmaps when adding new values.  Fixed the wording of a code comment to
avoid stating that we return a value for a void function.

Ngai-Mint makes sure that when configuring the receive ring, we make sure
the receive queue is disabled.  Fixed an issue where interfaces were
resetting because the transmit mailbox FIFO was becoming full since the
host was not ready, so ensure the host is ready before queueing up
mailbox messages.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-04-06 13:53:14 -07:00
David S. Miller
6f14f443d3 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Mostly simple cases of overlapping changes (adding code nearby,
a function whose name changes, for example).

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-04-06 08:24:51 -07:00
Ngai-Mint Kwan
7d4fe0d123 fm10k: do not enqueue mailbox when host not ready
Interfaces will reset whenever the TX mailbox FIFO has become full. This
occurs more frequently whenever the IES API application is not running
to process and clear the messages in the FIFO. Thus, this could lead to
situations where the interface would enter an infinite reset loop. That
is: if the interface is trying to synchronize a huge number of unicast
and multicast entries with the IES API application, the TX mailbox FIFO
will become full and the interface resets. Once the interface exits
reset, it'll try to synchronize the unicast and multicast entries again.
Ergo, this creates an infinite loop. Other actions such as multiple
mulitcast mode or up/down transitions will fill the TX mailbox FIFO and
induce the interface to reset. To correct these situations, check if the
interface's "host_ready" flag is enabled before enqueuing any messages
to the TX mailbox FIFO. This check will be conducted by a function call.
Lastly, this issue mainly affects the PF and, thus, the VF is exempt.

Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-05 22:47:31 -07:00
Ngai-Mint Kwan
16b1889f8b fm10k: disable receive queue when configuring ring
Write to RXQCTL register to disable the receive queue when configuring
the RX ring.

Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-05 22:47:31 -07:00
Jacob Keller
02957703ca fm10k: update function header comment for fm10k_get_stats64
Re-word the comment to avoid stating that we return a value for this
void function. Additionally, there is no need to mention older kernels,
since this is the upstream kernel.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-05 22:47:31 -07:00
Jacob Keller
b4fd8ffc11 fm10k: allow service task to reschedule itself
If some code path executes fm10k_service_event_schedule(), it is
guaranteed that we only queue the service task once, since we use
__FM10K_SERVICE_SCHED flag. Unfortunately this has a side effect that if
a service request occurs while we are currently running the watchdog, it
is possible that we will fail to notice the request and ignore it until
the next time the request occurs.

This can cause problems with pf/vf mailbox communication and other
service event tasks. To avoid this, introduce a FM10K_SERVICE_REQUEST
bit. When we successfully schedule (and set the _SCHED bit) the service
task, we will clear this bit. However, if we are unable to currently
schedule the service event, we just set the new SERVICE_REQUEST bit.

Finally, after the service event completes, we will re-schedule if the
request bit has been set.

This should ensure that we do not miss any service event schedules,
since we will re-schedule it once the currently running task finishes.
This means that for each request, we will always schedule the service
task to run at least once in full after the request came in.

This will avoid timing issues that can occur with the service event
scheduling. We do pay a cost in re-running many tasks, but all the
service event tasks use either flags to avoid duplicate work, or are
tolerant of being run multiple times.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-05 22:47:30 -07:00
Jacob Keller
4692955787 fm10k: future-proof state bitmaps using DECLARE_BITMAP
This ensures that future programmers do not have to remember to re-size
the bitmaps due to adding new values. Although this is unlikely for this
driver, it may happen and it's best to prevent it from ever being an
issue.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-05 22:47:30 -07:00
Jacob Keller
3ee7b3a3b9 fm10k: use a BITMAP for flags to avoid race conditions
Replace bitwise operators and #defines with a BITMAP and enumeration
values. This is similar to how we handle the "state" values as well.

This has two distinct advantages over the old method. First, we ensure
correctness of operations which are currently problematic due to race
conditions. Suppose that two kernel threads are running, such as the
watchdog and an ethtool ioctl, and both modify flags. We'll say that the
watchdog is CPU A, and the ethtool ioctl is CPU B.

CPU A sets FLAG_1, which can be seen as
  CPU A read FLAGS
  CPU A write FLAGS | FLAG_1

CPU B sets FLAG_2, which can be seen as
  CPU B read FLAGS
  CPU A write FLAGS | FLAG_2

However, "|=" and "&=" operators are not actually atomic. So this could
be ordered like the following:

CPU A read FLAGS -> variable
CPU B read FLAGS -> variable
CPU A write FLAGS (variable | FLAG_1)
CPU B write FLAGS (variable | FLAG_2)

Notice how the 2nd write from CPU B could actually undo the write from
CPU A because it isn't guaranteed that the |= operation is atomic.

In practice the race windows for most flag writes is incredibly narrow
so it is not easy to isolate issues. However, the more flags we have,
the more likely they will cause problems. Additionally, if such
a problem were to arise, it would be incredibly difficult to track down.

Second, there is an additional advantage beyond code correctness. We can
now automatically size the BITMAP if more flags were added, so that we
do not need to remember that flags is u32 and thus if we added too many
flags we would over-run the variable. This is not a likely occurrence
for fm10k driver, but this patch can serve as an example for other
drivers which have many more flags.

This particular change does have a bit of trouble converting some of the
idioms previously used with the #defines for flags. Specifically, when
converting FM10K_FLAG_RSS_FIELD_IPV[46]_UDP flags. This whole operation
was actually quite problematic, because we actually stored flags
separately. This could more easily show the problem of the above
re-ordering issue.

This is really difficult to test whether atomics make a difference in
practical scenarios, but you can ensure that basic functionality remains
the same. This patch has a lot of code coverage, but most of it is
relatively simple.

While we are modifying these files, update their copyright year.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-05 22:47:30 -07:00
Phil Turnbull
540fca35e3 fm10k: correctly check if interface is removed
FM10K_REMOVED expects a hardware address, not a 'struct fm10k_hw'.

Fixes: 5cb8db4a4c ("fm10k: Add support for VF")
Signed-off-by: Phil Turnbull <phil.turnbull@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-04-05 22:47:30 -07:00
Florian Westphal
282ccf6efb drivers: add explicit interrupt.h includes
These files all use functions declared in interrupt.h, but currently rely
on implicit inclusion of this file (via netns/xfrm.h).

That won't work anymore when the flow cache is removed so include that
header where needed.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-30 11:05:34 -07:00
Wyborny, Carolyn
d08a9f6cd1 i40e: fix for queue timing delays
This patch adds a delay to Rx queue disables to accommodate HW needs.

v2: Added missing check for disable only, additional details on the
need for the ugly delay and fixed spacing on comment.

Change-ID: I2864ca667ce5dcc2cc44f8718113b719742a46a1
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-29 02:23:00 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
dab86afdbb i40e/i40evf: Change the way we limit the maximum frame size for Rx
This patch changes the way we handle the maximum frame size for the Rx
path.  Previously we were rounding up to 2K for a 1500 MTU and then brining
the max frame size down to MTU plus a fixed amount.  With this patch
applied what we now do is limit the maximum frame to 1.5K minus the value
for NET_IP_ALIGN for standard MTU, and for any MTU greater than 1500 we
allow up to the maximum frame size.  This makes the behavior more
consistent with the other drivers such as igb which had similar logic.  In
addition it reduces the test matrix for MTU since we only have two max
frame sizes that are handled for Rx now.

Change-ID: I23a9d3c857e7df04b0ef28c64df63e659c013f3f
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-29 02:15:07 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
c424d4a3dd i40e/i40evf: Add legacy-rx private flag to allow fallback to old Rx flow
This patch adds a control which will allow us to toggle into and out of the
legacy Rx mode.  The legacy Rx mode is what we currently do when performing
Rx.  As I make further changes what should happen is that the driver will
fall back to the behavior for Rx as of this patch should the "legacy-rx"
flag be set to on.

Change-ID: I0342998849bbb31351cce05f6e182c99174e7751
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-29 02:15:06 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
fa2343e903 i40e/i40evf: Break i40e_fetch_rx_buffer up to allow for reuse of frag code
This patch is meant to clean up the code in preparation for us adding
support for build_skb.  Specifically we deconstruct i40e_fetch_buffer into
several functions so that those functions can later be reused when we add a
path for build_skb.

Specifically with this change we split out the code for adding a page to an
exiting skb.

Change-ID: Iab1efbab6b8b97cb60ab9fdd0be1d37a056a154d
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-29 02:15:06 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
a0cfc3130e i40e/i40evf: Pull out code for cleaning up Rx buffers
This patch pulls out the code responsible for handling buffer recycling and
page counting and distributes it through several functions.  This allows us
to commonize the bits that handle either freeing or recycling the buffers.

As far as the page count tracking one change to the logic is that
pagecnt_bias is decremented as soon as we call i40e_get_rx_buffer.  It is
then the responsibility of the function that pulls the data to either
increment the pagecnt_bias if the buffer can be recycled as-is, or to
update page_offset so that we are pointing at the correct location for
placement of the next buffer.

Change-ID: Ibac576360cb7f0b1627f2a993d13c1a8a2bf60af
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-29 02:15:06 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
9a064128fc i40e/i40evf: Pull code for grabbing and syncing rx_buffer from fetch_buffer
This patch pulls the code responsible for fetching the Rx buffer and
synchronizing DMA into a function, specifically called i40e_get_rx_buffer.

The general idea is to allow for better code reuse by pulling this out of
i40e_fetch_rx_buffer.  We dropped a couple of prefetches since the time
between the prefetch being called and the data being accessed was too small
to be useful.

Change-ID: I4885fce4b2637dbedc8e16431169d23d3d7e79b9
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-29 02:15:06 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
d57c0e08c7 i40e/i40evf: Use length to determine if descriptor is done
This change makes it so that we use the length of the packet instead of the
DD status bit to determine if a new descriptor is ready to be processed.
The obvious advantage is that it cuts down on reads as we don't really even
need the DD bit if going from a 0 to a non-zero value on size is enough to
inform us that the packet has been completed.

Change-ID: Iebdf9cdb36c454ef092df27199b92ad09c374231
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-29 02:15:06 -07:00
Jacob Keller
3a104f8df2 i40e: remove FDIR_REQUIRES_REINIT driver flag
This flag hasn't been used since commit 1e1be8f622 ("i40e: ATR policy
change to flush the table to clean stale ATR rules").

Lets simplify things and just remove it.

Change-ID: I76279d84db8a2fd96f445b96aa413059f9256879
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-29 02:15:06 -07:00
Jacob Keller
d9eaf12e85 i40e: remove a useless goto statement
The goto found here for when in MFP mode is pointless. It jumps to the
end of a series of if blocks. However, right after this statement is
a closing '}' for this if block, which will result in the program flow
going to the exact same location as the goto statement indicates. Thus,
regardless of whether we are in MFP mode, the program flow will resume
from the same location.

This arose due to various refactoring which did not notice that this
goto became essentially a no-op.

To properly understand this diff you will need to view a larger context
than is given by default.

Change-ID: I088f73c3831aa5c4e2281380c7a3ce605594300c
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-29 02:15:06 -07:00
Christopher N Bednarz
1fca3265be i40e: Check for new arq elements before leaving the adminq subtask loop
Fix a case where we miss an arq element if a new one is added before we
enable interrupts and exit the arq subtask loop. This occurs frequently
with RDMA running on Windows VF and causes long delays that prevent SMB
from establishing connections.

Change-ID: I3e1c8b2b960c12857d9b8275bea2c1563674392e
Signed-off-by: Christopher N Bednarz <christopher.n.bednarz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-29 02:15:06 -07:00
Paul M Stillwell Jr
6030308ef8 i40e: use register for XL722 control register read/write
The XL722 doesn't support the AQ command to read/write the control
register so enable it to bypass the check and use the direct read/write
method.

Change-ID: Iefecc737b57207485c90845af5989d5af518bf16
Signed-off-by: Paul M Stillwell Jr <paul.m.stillwell.jr@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-29 02:15:06 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
aca955d831 i40e: Clean up handling of private flags
This patch cleans up and addresses several issues in the way that i40e
handles private flags. Previously the code was choosing fixed bits and
trying to match them up with strings in a somewhat haphazard way. This
resulted in the possibility for adding a new bit and causing a mismatch as
the private flags are linear bits starting at 0, and the private flags in
the driver were split up over a group specific to the PF and a group that
was global.

What this change does is define an array of structs used to represent the
private flags. Contained within the structs are the bits necessary to know
which flags to set and/or clear depending on the state of the bit. By
doing this we can add new bits in the future with minimal overhead and
avoid creating possible mis-matches should we need to remove a flag based
on compile options.

Change-ID: Ia3214ab04f0ab2f70354ac0997a135f1d01b0acd
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-29 02:15:06 -07:00
Preethi Banala
b1cb07db6e i40evf: enforce descriptor write-back mechanism for VF
The current driver mode is to use a write-back mechanism for the head
register which indicates transmit completions. The VF driver needs to be
able to work on hardware that exclusively uses descriptor write-back, so
change the default driver mode of operation to descriptor write-back for
VF. In our analysis, performance wasn't significantly different with
either write-back method.

Change-ID: Ia92e4ec77c2df8dc4515c71d53746d57d77759af
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-29 02:15:06 -07:00
Jacob Keller
7be147dc14 i40e: initialize params before notifying of l2_param_changes
Probably due to some mis-merging fix a bug associated with commits
d7ce6422d6 ("i40e: don't check params until after checking for client
instance", 2017-02-09) and 3140aa9a78c9 ("i40e: KISS the client
interface", 2017-03-14)

The first commit tried to move the initialization of the params
structure so that we didn't bother doing this if we didn't have a client
interface. You can already see that it looks fishy because of the
indentation. The second commit refactors a bunch of the interface, and
incorrectly drops the params initialization.

I believe what occurred is that internally the two patches were
re-ordered, and the merge conflicts as a result were performed
incorrectly.

Fix the use of an uninitialized variable by correctly initializing the
params variable via i40e_client_get_params().

Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-27 16:47:44 -07:00
Colin Ian King
703ba88548 i40evf: dereference VSI after VSI has been null checked
VSI is being dereferenced before the VSI null check; if VSI is
null we end up with a null pointer dereference.  Fix this by
performing VSI deference after the VSI null check.  Also remove
the need for using adapter by using vsi->back->cinst.

Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1419696, CID#1419697
("Dereference before null check")

Fixes: ed0e894de7 ("i40evf: add client interface")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-27 16:47:44 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
c76cb6ed54 i40e: Drop FCoE code that always evaluates to false or 0
Since FCoE isn't supported by the i40e products there isn't much point in
carrying around code that will always evaluate to false. This patch goes
through and strips out the code in several spots so that we don't go around
carrying variables and/or code that is always going to evaluate to false or
0.

Change-ID: I39d1d779c66c638b75525839db2b6208fdc809d7
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-27 16:47:44 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
9eed69a914 i40e: Drop FCoE code from core driver files
Looking over the code for FCoE it looks like the Rx path has been broken at
least since the last major Rx refactor almost a year ago.  It seems like
FCoE isn't supported for any of the Fortville/Fortpark hardware so there
isn't much point in carrying the code around, especially if it is broken
and untested.

Change-ID: I892de8fa551cb129ce2361e738ff82ce55fa229e
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-27 16:47:43 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
a5b268e4b1 i40e/i40evf: Clean-up process_skb_fields
This is a minor clean-up to make the i40e/i40evf process_skb_fields
function look a little more like what we have in igb.  The Rx checksum
function called out a need for skb->protocol but I can't see where it
actually needs it.  I am assuming this is something that was likely
refactored out some time ago as the Rx checksum code has gone through a few
rewrites.

Change-ID: I0b4668a34d90b61b66ded7c7c26e19a3e2d06251
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-27 16:47:43 -07:00
Bimmy Pujari
0a25b7311d i40e: removed no longer needed delays
Removed no longer needed delays.  At preproduction stage those delays were
needed but now these delays are not needed.

Signed-off-by: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-27 16:47:43 -07:00
Robert Konklewski
beff3e9d80 i40e: Fixed race conditions in VF reset
First, this patch eliminates IOMMU DMAR Faults caused by VF hardware.
This is done by enabling VF hardware only after VSI resources are
freed. Otherwise, hardware could DMA into memory that is (or just has
been) being freed.

Then, the VF driver is activated only after VSI resources have been
reallocated. That's because the VF driver can request resources
immediately after it's activated. So they need to be ready at that
point.

The second race condition happens when the OS initiates a VF reset,
and then before it's finished modifies VF's settings by changing its
MAC, VLAN ID, bandwidth allocation, anti-spoof checking, etc. These
functions needed to be blocked while VF is undergoing reset. Otherwise,
they could operate on data structures that had just been freed or not
yet fully initialized.

Change-ID: I43ba5a7ae2c9a1cce3911611ffc4598ae33ae3ff
Signed-off-by: Robert Konklewski <robertx.konklewski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-27 16:45:14 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
741b8b832a i40e/i40evf: Fix use after free in Rx cleanup path
We need to reset skb back to NULL when we have freed it in the Rx cleanup
path.  I found one spot where this wasn't occurring so this patch fixes it.

Change-ID: Iaca68934200732cd4a63eb0bd83b539c95f8c4dd
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-27 16:45:14 -07:00
Harshitha Ramamurthy
f25571b576 i40e: fix configuration of RSS table with DCB
There exists a bug in the driver where the calculation of the
RSS size was not taking into account the number of traffic classes
enabled. This patch factors in the traffic classes both in
the initial configuration of the table as well as reconfiguration.

Change-ID: I34dcd345ce52faf1d6b9614bea28d450cfd5f621
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-27 16:45:14 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
1793668c3b i40e/i40evf: Update code to better handle incrementing page count
Update the driver code so that we do bulk updates of the page reference
count instead of just incrementing it by one reference at a time.  The
advantage to doing this is that we cut down on atomic operations and
this in turn should give us a slight improvement in cycles per packet.
In addition if we eventually move this over to using build_skb the gains
will be more noticeable.

I also found and fixed a store forwarding stall from where we were
assigning "*new_buff = *old_buff".  By breaking it up into individual
copies we can avoid this and as a result the performance is slightly
improved.

Change-ID: I1d3880dece4133eca3c32423b04a5467321ccc52
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-27 16:45:13 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
13a8cd191a i40e: Do not enable NAPI on q_vectors that have no rings
When testing the epoll w/ busy poll code I found that I could get into a
state where the i40e driver had q_vectors w/ active NAPI that had no rings.
This was resulting in a divide by zero error.  To correct it I am updating
the driver code so that we only support NAPI on q_vectors that have 1 or
more rings allocated to them.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-24 19:28:55 -07:00
Jeff Kirsher
9f47a48e6e Revert "e1000e: driver trying to free already-free irq"
This reverts commit 7e54d9d063.

After additional regression testing, several users are experiencing
kernel panics during shutdown on e1000e devices.  Reverting this
change resolves the issue.

Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-24 13:43:11 -07:00
Jacob Keller
584a88709b i40e: make use of hlist_for_each_entry_continue
Replace a complex if->continue->else->break construction in
i40e_next_filter. We can simply use hlist_for_each_entry_continue
instead. This drops a lot of confusing code. The resulting code is much
easier to understand the intention, and follows the more normal pattern
for using hlist loops. We could have also used a break with a "return
next" at the end of the function, instead of return NULL, but the
current implementation is explicitly clear that when you reach the end
of the loop you get a NULL value. The alternative construction is less
clear since the reader would have to know that next is NULL at the end
of the loop.

Change-Id: Ife74ca451dd79d7f0d93c672bd42092d324d4a03
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-23 21:13:33 -07:00
Jacob Keller
f223c8752a i40e: add support for SCTPv4 FDir filters
Enable FDir filters for SCTPv4 packets using the ethtool ntuple
interface to enable filters. The ethtool API does not allow masking on
the verification tag.

Change-Id: I093e88a8143994c7e6f4b7b17a0bd5cf861d18e4
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-23 21:13:33 -07:00
Jacob Keller
0e588de17f i40e: implement support for flexible word payload
Add support for flexible payloads passed via ethtool user-def field.
This support is somewhat limited due to hardware design. The input set
can only be programmed once per filter type, and the flexible offset is
part of this filter input set. This means that the user cannot program
both a regular and a flexible filter at the same time for a given flow
type. Additionally, the user may not program two flexible filters of the
same flow type with different offsets, although they are allowed to
configure different values at that offset location.

We support a single flexible word (2byte) value per protocol type, and
we handle the FLX_PIT register using a list of flexible entries so that
each flow type may be configured separately.

Due to hardware implementation, the flexible data is offset from the
start of the packet payload, and thus may not be in part of the header
data. For this reason, the offset provided by the user defined data is
interpreted as a byte offset from the start of the matching payload.
Previous implementations have tried to represent the offset as from the
start of the frame, but this is not feasible because header sizes may
change due to options.

Change-Id: 36ed27995e97de63f9aea5ade5778ff038d6f811
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-23 21:13:33 -07:00
Jacob Keller
e793095e8a i40e: add parsing of flexible filter fields from userdef
Add code to parse the user-def field into a data structure format. This
code is intended to allow future extensions of the user-def field by
keeping all code that actually reads and writes the field into a single
location. This ensures that we do not litter the driver with references
to the user-def field and minimizes the amount of bitwise operations we
need to do on the data.

Add code which parses the lower 32bits into a flexible word and its
offset. This will be used in a future patch to enable flexible filters
which can match on some arbitrary data in the packet payload. For now,
we just return -EOPNOTSUPP when this is used.

Add code to fill in the user-def field when reporting the filter back,
even though we don't actually implement any user-def fields yet.

Additionally, ensure that we mask the extended FLOW_EXT bit from the
flow_type now that we will be accepting filters which have the FLOW_EXT
bit set (and thus make use of the user-def field).

Change-Id: I238845035c179380a347baa8db8223304f5f6dd7
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-23 21:13:33 -07:00
Jacob Keller
43b15697a3 i40e: partition the ring_cookie to get VF index
Do not use the user-def field for determining the VF target. Instead,
similar to ixgbe, partition the ring_cookie value into 8bits of VF
index, along with 32bits of queue number. This is better than using the
user-def field, because it leaves the field open for extension in
a future patch which will enable flexible data. Also, this matches with
convention used by ixgbe and other drivers.

Change-Id: Ie36745186d817216b12f0313b99ec95cb8a9130c
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-23 21:13:33 -07:00
Jacob Keller
9229e99334 i40e: allow changing input set for ntuple filters
Add support to detect when we can update the input set for each flow
type.

Because the hardware only supports a single input set for all flows of
that matching type, the driver shall only allow the input set to change
if there are no other configured filters for that flow type.

Thus, the first filter added for each flow type is allowed to change the
input set, and all future filters must match the same input set. Display
a diagnostic message whenever the filter input set changes, and
a warning whenever a filter cannot be accepted because it does not match
the configured input set.

Change-Id: Ic22e1c267ae37518bb036aca4a5694681449f283
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-23 21:13:33 -07:00
Jacob Keller
3bcee1e653 i40e: restore default input set for each flow type
Ensure that the default input set is correctly reprogrammed when
cleaning up after disabling flow director support. This ensures that the
programmed value will be in a clean state.

Although we do not yet have support for SCTPv4 filters, a future patch
will add support for this protocol, so we will correctly restore the
SCTPv4 input set here as well. Note that strictly speaking the default
hardware value for SCTP includes matching the verification tag. However,
the ethtool API does not have support for specifying this value, so
there is no reason to keep the verification field enabled.

This patch is the next step on the way to enabling partial tuple filters
which will be implemented in a following patch.

Change-Id: Ic22e1c267ae37518bb036aca4a5694681449f283
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-23 21:13:33 -07:00
Jacob Keller
36777d9fa2 i40e: check current configured input set when adding ntuple filters
Do not assume that hardware has been programmed with the default mask,
but instead read the input set registers to determine what is currently
programmed. This ensures that all programmed filters match exactly how
the hardware will interpret them, avoiding confusion regarding filter
behavior.

This sets the initial ground-work for allowing custom input sets where
some fields are disabled. A future patch will fully implement this
feature.

Instead of using bitwise negation, we'll just explicitly check for the
correct value. The use of htonl and htons are used to silence sparse
warnings. The compiler should be able to handle the constant value and
avoid actually performing a byteswap.

Change-Id: I3d8db46cb28ea0afdaac8c5b31a2bfb90e3a4102
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-23 21:13:33 -07:00
Jacob Keller
faa16e0f38 i40e: correctly honor the mask fields for ETHTOOL_SRXCLSRLINS
The current implementation of .set_rxnfc does not properly read the mask
field for filter entries. This results in incorrect driver behavior, as
we do not reject filters which have masks set to ignore some fields. The
current implementation simply assumes that every part of the tuple or
"input set" is specified. This results in filters not behaving as
expected, and not working correctly.

As a first step in supporting some partial filters, add code which
checks the mask fields and rejects any filters which do not have an
acceptable mask. For now, we just assume that all fields must be set.

This will get the driver one step towards allowing some partial filters.
At a minimum, the ethtool commands which previously installed filters
that would not function will now return a non-zero exit code indicating
failure instead.

We should now be meeting the minimum requirements of the .set_rxnfc API,
by ensuring that all filters we program have a valid mask value for each
field.

Finally, add code to report the mask correctly so that the ethtool
command properly reports the mask to the user.

Note that the typecast to (__be16) when checking source and destination
port masks is required because the ~ bitwise negation operator does not
correctly handle variables other than integer size.

Change-Id: Ia020149e07c87aa3fcec7b2283621b887ef0546f
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-23 21:13:33 -07:00
Philippe Reynes
f22913d0b5 ixgb: use new API ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool API {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new API {get|set}_link_ksettings.

As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-21 15:53:19 -07:00
Philippe Reynes
1120ecd5aa igbvf: use new API ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool API {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new API {get|set}_link_ksettings.

As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-21 15:51:39 -07:00
Philippe Reynes
c19153008b igb: use new API ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool API {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new API {get|set}_link_ksettings.

As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-21 15:42:19 -07:00
Philippe Reynes
fb052fdd26 e1000e: use new API ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool API {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new API {get|set}_link_ksettings.

As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-21 15:31:30 -07:00
Philippe Reynes
5add2f9a1b e1000: use new API ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool API {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new API {get|set}_link_ksettings.

As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-21 15:27:58 -07:00
David S. Miller
406910a8ba Merge branch '40GbE' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jkirsher/next-queue
Jeff Kirsher says:

====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-03-20

This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.

Philippe Reynes updates i40e and i40evf to use the new ethtool API for
{get|set}_link_ksettings.

Jake provides the remaining patches in the series, starting with a fix
for i40e where the firmware expected the port numbers for the offloaded
UDP tunnels in Little Endian format and we were sending them in Big Endian
format which put the wrong port number to be put in the UDP tunnel list.
Changed the driver to use __be32 values instead of arrays for
(src|dst)_ip.  Refactored the exit flow of i40e_add_fdir_ethtool() which
removes the dependency on having a non-zero return value.  Fixed a memory
leak by running kfree() and returning immediately when we fail to add
flow director filter.  Fixed a potential issue where could update the
filter count without actually succeeding in adding a filter, by moving
the ATR exit check to after we have sent the TCP/IPv4 filter to the ring
successfully.  Ensures that the fd_tcp_rule count is reset to 0, before
we reprogram the filters so that we do not end up with a stale count
which does not correctly reflect the number of programmed filters.  Added
a check whether we have TCP/IPv4 filters before re-enabling ATR after
flushing and replaying FDIR filters.  Added counters for each filter
type in preparation for adding code to properly check the mask value.
Fixed potential issues by explicitly checking the flow type at the
start of i40e_add_fdir_ethtool().  To avoid possible memory leaks,
we now unconditionally delete the old filter, even if it is identical to
the new filter and ensures will always update the filters as expected.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-21 14:35:21 -07:00
Jacob Keller
c6da525de7 i40e: always remove old filter when adding new FDir filter
The previous code relied on i40e_match_fdir_input_set to determine when
determining whether to free the old filter. Change this code so that we
simply unconditionally delete the old filter, even if it's identical to
the new filter. This ensures that we don't leak any memory, and that we
always update the filters as expected.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-20 16:45:22 -07:00
Jacob Keller
1ec8deac8c i40e: explicitly fail on extended MAC field for ethtool_rx_flow_spec
Although we will fail the filter later due to checking flow_type which
will have a bogus invalid type, it is possible future refactoring will
remove this hidden failure case. Avoid a possible issue in the future by
explicitly checking the flow type at the start.

Change-Id: Ia98eb26f7b93ccbe38c7141e8f203ef496fc6598
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-20 16:45:22 -07:00
Jacob Keller
097dbf5250 i40e: add counters for UDP/IPv4 and IPv4 filters
In preparation for adding code to properly check the mask values, we
will need to know the number of active filters for each type. Add
counters for each filter type. Rename the already existing fd_tcp_rule
to fd_tcp4_filter_cnt to match the style of other names. To avoid style
warnings, avoid assigning multiple parameters at once, and fix up one
other case where we did so previously.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-20 16:45:22 -07:00
Jacob Keller
510dd4609f i40e: don't re-enable ATR when flushing filters if SB has TCP4/IPv4 rules
When flushing and replaying FDIR filters, it is possible we would
disable ATR, and then re-enable it even though we should have kept
it disabled due to existing TCP/IPv4 filters. Fix this by checking
whether we have TCP4/IPv4 filters before re-enabling.

Alternatively, we could instead restore ATR and then replay filters,
however, this would cause us to rapidly enable and then disable ATR in
some cases.

Change-ID: I076e4cc1e4409bce7f98f3c213295433a4ff43d8
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-20 16:45:21 -07:00
Jacob Keller
6d069425f0 i40e: reset fd_tcp_rule count when restoring filters
Since we're about to reprogram the filters, we need to ensure that the
fd_tcp_rule count is correctly reset to 0. Otherwise, we will keep
a stale count that does not accurately reflect the number of programmed
TCPv4 filters.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-20 16:45:21 -07:00
Jacob Keller
e122eb7482 i40e: remove redundant check for fd_tcp_rule when restoring filters
i40e_fdir_filter_restore re-adds all existing filters, which already
checks when adding a TCPv4 filter to disable ATR. We don't need to make
the check twice, so remove this redundant code.

Change-ID: Ia0b0690e23523915199d601494557def135c9d7f
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-20 16:45:21 -07:00
Jacob Keller
377cc24980 i40e: exit ATR mode only when adding TCP/IPv4 filter succeeds
Move ATR exit check after we have sent the TCP/IPv4 filter to the ring
successfully. This avoids an issue where we potentially update the
filter count without actually succeeding in adding the filter. Now, we
only increment the fd_tcp_rule after we've succeeded. Additionally, we
will re-enable ATR mode only after deletion of the filter is actually
posted to the FDIR ring.

Change-ID: If5c1dea422081cc5e2de65618b01b4c3bf6bd586
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-20 16:45:20 -07:00
Jacob Keller
e5187ee3ee i40e: return immediately when failing to add fdir filter
Instead of setting err=true and checking this to determine when to free
the raw_packet near the end of the function, simply kfree and return
immediately. The resulting code is a bit cleaner and has one less
variable. This also resolves a subtle bug in the ipv4 case which could
fail to add the first filter and then never free the memory, resulting
in a small memory leak.

Change-ID: I7583aac033481dc794b4acaa14445059c8930ff1
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-20 16:45:20 -07:00
Jacob Keller
01016da1e5 i40e: rework exit flow of i40e_add_fdir_ethtool
Refactor the exit flow of the i40e_add_fdir_ethtool function. Move the
input_label to the end of the function, removing the dependency on
having a non-zero return value. Add a comment explaining why it is ok
not to free the fdir data structure, because the structure is now stored
in the fdir_filter_list.

Change-Id: I723342181d59cd0c9f3b31140c37961ba37bb242
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-20 16:45:20 -07:00
Jacob Keller
8ce43dce6f i40e: don't use arrays for (src|dst)_ip
The code originally included src_ip and dst_ip with enough space to
support ipv6 filters. However, no actual support for ipv6 filters has
been implemented. Thus, remove the arrays and just use __be32 values.
Should ipv6 support be added in the future, we can replace these with
a union that has sizes for both values.

Change-Id: I1bc04032244a80eb6ebc8a4e6c723a4a665c1dd5
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-20 16:45:20 -07:00
Jacob Keller
fe0b0cd97b i40e: send correct port number to AdminQ when enabling UDP tunnels
The firmware expects the port numbers for offloaded UDP tunnels in
Little Endian format. We accidentally sent the value in Big Endian
format which obviously will cause the wrong port number to be put into
the UDP tunnels list. This results in VxLAN and Geneve tunnel Rx
offloads being essentially disabled, unless the port number happens to
be identical after byte swapping. Note that i40e_aq_add_udp_tunnel()
will byteswap the parameter from host order into Little Endian so we
don't need worry about passing strictly a __le16 value to the command.

This patch essentially reverts b3f5c7bc88 ("i40e: Fix for extra byte
swap in tunnel setup", 2016-08-24), but in a way that makes the result
much more clear to the reader.

Fixes: b3f5c7bc88 ("i40e: Fix for extra byte swap in tunnel setup", 2016-08-24)
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Williams, Mitch A <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-20 16:45:19 -07:00
Philippe Reynes
48ce88022d i40evf: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-20 16:43:30 -07:00
Philippe Reynes
a7f909405b i40e: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-17 19:18:04 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
3a1eb6d10c igb/ixgbe: Fix typo in igb_build_skb and/or ixgbe_build_skb code comment
There was a typo that I had left in the code comments for the igb and ixgbe
functions that enabled build_skb support.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-17 12:55:55 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
b1bb2eb0a0 igb: Re-add support for build_skb in igb
This reverts commit f9d40f6a99 ("igb: Revert support for build_skb in
igb") and adds a few changes to update it to work with the latest version
of igb. We are now able to revert the removal of this due to the fact
that with the recent changes to the page count and the use of
DMA_ATTR_SKIP_CPU_SYNC we can make the pages writable so we should not be
invalidating the additional data added when we call build_skb.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-17 12:11:44 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
e014272672 igb: Break out Rx buffer page management
At this point we have 2 to 3 paths that can be taken depending on what Rx
modes are enabled.  In order to better support that and improve the
maintainability I am breaking out the common bits from those paths and
making them into their own functions.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-17 12:11:44 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
e3cdf68d4a igb: Add support for padding packet
With the size of the frame limited we can now write to an offset within the
buffer instead of having to write at the very start of the buffer.  The
advantage to this is that it allows us to leave padding room for things
like supporting XDP in the future.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-17 12:11:44 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
8649aaef40 igb: Add support for using order 1 pages to receive large frames
This patch adds support for using 3K buffers in order 1 pages the same way
we were using 2K buffers in 4K pages.  We are reserving 1K of room for now
to have space available for future headroom and tailroom when we enable
build_skb support.

One side effect of this patch is that we can end up using a larger buffer
if jumbo frames is enabled.  The impact shouldn't be too great, but it
could hurt small packet performance for UDP workloads if jumbo frames is
enabled as the truesize of frames will be larger.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-17 12:11:44 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
e08912985b igb: Add support for ethtool private flag to allow use of legacy Rx
Since there are potential drawbacks to the new Rx allocation approach I
thought it best to add a "chicken bit" so that we can turn the feature off
if in the event that a problem is found.

It also provides a means of validating the legacy Rx path in the event that
we are forced to fall back.  At some point in the future when we are
convinced we don't need it anymore we might be able to drop the legacy-rx
flag.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-17 12:11:44 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
3456fd5342 igb: Use page_address offset from page instead of masking virtual address
Update the handling of page addresses so that we always refer to them using
a void pointer, and try to use the consistent name of va indicating we are
working with a virtual address.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-17 12:11:44 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
cb0ef1d1dc igb: Only sync size of expected frame in ethtool testing
We only need to sync the size of the frame that is read to test.  We don't
need to sync the entire Rx buffer.  This way the testing is more consistent
with how we handle things in the receive path.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-17 12:11:44 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
cfbc871c21 igb: Limit maximum frame Rx based on MTU
In order to support the use of build_skb going forward it will be necessary
to place a maximum limit on the amount of data we can receive when jumbo
frames is not enabled.  In order to do this I am adding a new upper limit
for receive based on the size of a 2K buffer minus padding.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-17 12:11:44 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
7cc6fd4c60 igb: Don't bother clearing Tx buffer_info in igb_clean_tx_ring
In the case of the Tx rings we need to only clear the Tx buffer_info when
we are resetting the rings.  Ideally we do this when we configure the ring
to bring it back up instead of when we are taking it down in order to avoid
dirtying pages we don't need to.

In addition we don't need to clear the Tx descriptor ring since we will
fully repopulate it when we begin transmitting frames and next_to_watch can
be cleared to prevent the ring from being cleaned beyond that point instead
of needing to touch anything in the Tx descriptor ring.

Finally with these changes we can avoid having to reset the skb member of
the Tx buffer_info structure in the cleanup path since the skb will always
be associated with the first buffer which has next_to_watch set.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-17 12:11:44 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
d2bead576e igb: Clear Rx buffer_info in configure instead of clean
This change makes it so that instead of going through the entire ring on Rx
cleanup we only go through the region that was designated to be cleaned up
and stop when we reach the region where new allocations should start.

In addition we can avoid having to perform a memset on the Rx buffer_info
structures until we are about to start using the ring again.  By deferring
this we can avoid dirtying the cache any more than we have to which can
help to improve the time needed to bring the interface down and then back
up again in a reset or suspend/resume cycle.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-17 12:11:44 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
7ec0116c91 igb: Use length to determine if descriptor is done
This change makes it so that we use the length of the packet instead of the
DD status bit to determine if a new descriptor is ready to be processed.
The obvious advantage is that it cuts down on reads as we don't really even
need the DD bit if going from a 0 to a non-zero value on size is enough to
inform us that the packet has been completed.

In addition I have updated the code so that we only reset the Rx descriptor
length for descriptor zero when resetting a ring instead of having to do a
memset with 0 over the entire ring.  By doing this we can save some time on
initialization.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-17 12:11:44 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
7bd1759282 igb: Add support for DMA_ATTR_WEAK_ORDERING
Since we are already using DMA attributes in igb for Rx there is no reason
why we can't also apply DMA_ATTR_WEAK_ORDERING which is needed on some
platforms to improve performance.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-17 12:11:43 -07:00
Amritha Nambiar
56f36acd21 mqprio: Modify mqprio to pass user parameters via ndo_setup_tc.
The configurable priority to traffic class mapping and the user specified
queue ranges are used to configure the traffic class, overriding the
hardware defaults when the 'hw' option is set to 0. However, when the 'hw'
option is non-zero, the hardware QOS defaults are used.

This patch makes it so that we can pass the data the user provided to
ndo_setup_tc. This allows us to pull in the queue configuration if the
user requested it as well as any additional hardware offload type
requested by using a value other than 1 for the hw value.

Finally it also provides a means for the device driver to return the level
supported for the offload type via the qopt->hw value. Previously we were
just always assuming the value to be 1, in the future values beyond just 1
may be supported.

Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-15 15:20:27 -07:00
Harshitha Ramamurthy
b77ac97593 i40e: rename auto_disable_flags to hw_disabled_flags
A previous commit introduced a field that tracks the features
that are disabled due to HW resource limitations as opposed
to the featured disabled by the user. This patch changes the
name of the field to make it more readable since it might get
confusing when looking at code containing both the flags
field and the auto_disable_features field together.

Change-ID: Idcc9888659698f6fe3ccff17c8c3f09b5026f708
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-15 02:02:02 -07:00
Bimmy Pujari
15990832cd i40e/i40evf: Change version from 1.6.27 to 2.1.7
Signed-off-by: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-15 02:01:27 -07:00
Mitch Williams
4dbc566139 i40e: Allow untrusted VFs to have more filters
Our original filter limit of 8 was based on behavior that we saw from
Linux VMs. Now we're running Other Operating Systems under KVM and we
see that they commonly use more MAC filters. Since it seems weird to
require people to enable trusted VFs just to boot their OS, bump the
number of filters allowed by default.

Change-ID: I76b2dcb2ad6017e39231ad3096c3fb6f065eef5e
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-15 02:00:52 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
59605bc096 i40e/i40evf: Add support for mapping pages with DMA attributes
This patch adds support for DMA_ATTR_SKIP_CPU_SYNC and
DMA_ATTR_WEAK_ORDERING. By enabling both of these for the Rx path we
are able to see performance improvements on architectures that implement
either one due to the fact that page mapping and unmapping only has to
sync what is actually being used instead of the entire buffer. In addition
by enabling the weak ordering attribute enables a performance improvement
for architectures that can associate a memory ordering with a DMA buffer
such as Sparc.

Change-ID: If176824e8231c5b24b8a5d55b339a6026738fc75
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-15 02:00:14 -07:00
Filip Sadowski
3954b39102 i40e: Clarify steps in MAC/VLAN filters initialization routine
This patch clarifies the reason for removal of automatically
firmware-generated filter and explicit addition of filter which
accepts frames with any VLAN id.

Change-ID: Iabf180b6d61c4d8a36d3bcf8457c377a6f2aca0e
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-15 01:59:35 -07:00
Lihong Yang
26f77e53cf i40e: fix RSS queues only operating on PF0
This patch fixes the issue that RSS offloading only works on PF0 by
using the direct register writing of the hash keys for the VFs instead
of using the admin queue command to do so.

Change-ID: Ia02cda7dbaa23def342e8786097a2c03db6f580b
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-15 01:58:57 -07:00
Lihong Yang
c271dd6c39 i40e: fix ethtool to get EEPROM data from X722 interface
Currently ethtool -e will error out with a X722 interface
as its EEPROM has a scope limit at offset 0x5B9FFF.
This patch fixes the issue by setting the EEPROM length to
the scope limit to avoid NVM read failure beyond that.

Change-ID: I0b7d4dd6c7f2a57cace438af5dffa0f44c229372
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-15 01:58:21 -07:00
Jacob Keller
c0cf70a6fc i40e: don't add more vectors to num_lan_msix than number of CPUs
This is a solution to avoid adding too many queues to num_lan_msix.
A recent refactor of queue pairs accidentally added all remaining
vectors to the num_lan_msix which can have adverse performance issues,
due to enabling more queues than the number of CPU cores.

This patch removes the old calculation, and replaces it with a simple
algorithm.

1) add queue pairs up to num_online_cpus(), but capped at half of total
   vectors
2) then add alternative features such as flow directory and similar
3) finally, add the remaining vectors back to queue pairs, but capped
   such that the total number of queue pairs does not exceed
   num_online_cpus().

Change-ID: I668abf67d5011a1248866daba8885f4ff00cb8d9
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-15 01:57:44 -07:00
Mitch Williams
0ef2d5afb1 i40e: KISS the client interface
(KISS is Keep It Simple, Stupid. Or is it?)

The client interface vastly overengineered for what it needs to do.
It was originally designed to support multiple clients on multiple
netdevs, possibly even with multiple drivers. None of this happened,
and now we know that there will only ever be one client for i40e
(i40iw) and one for i40evf (i40iwvf). So, time for some KISS. Since
i40e and i40evf are a Dynasty, we'll simplify this one to match the
VF interface.

First, be a Destroyer and remove all of the lists and locks required
to support multiple clients. Keep one static around to keep track of
one client, and track the client instances for each netdev in the
driver's pf (or adapter) struct. Now it's Almost Human.

Since we already know the client type is iWarp, get rid of any checks
for this. Same for VSI type - it's always going to be the same type,
so it's just a Parasite.

While we're at it, fix up some comments. This makes the function
headers actually match the functions.

These changes reduce code complexity, simplify maintenance,
squash some lurking timing bugs, and allow us to Rock and Roll All
Nite.

Change-ID: I1ea79948ad73b8685272451440a34507f9a9012e
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-15 01:57:08 -07:00
Mitch Williams
ed0e894de7 i40evf: add client interface
In preparation for upcoming RDMA-capable hardware, add a client
interface to the VF driver. This is a slightly-simplified version
of the PF client interface, with the names changed to protect the
innocent.

Due to the nature of the VF<->PF interactions, the client interface
sometimes needs to call back into itself to pass messages. Because
of this, we can't use the coarse-grained locking like the PF's
client interface uses. Instead, we handle all client interactions
in a separate thread so the watchdog can still run and process
virtual channel messages.

Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-15 01:31:38 -07:00
Shannon Nelson
d60be2ca9c i40e: fix up recent proxy and wol bits for X722_SUPPORT
Some opcodes added & reordered to be in numerical order with the
rest of the opcodes.
This patch adds admin queue structs to support Wake on LAN feature
for X722.

Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-14 17:52:32 -07:00
Aaron Salter
96a39aed25 i40e: Acquire NVM lock before reads on all devices
Acquire NVM lock before reads on all devices.  Previously, locks were
only used for X722 and later.  Fixes an issue where simultaneous X710
NVM accesses were interfering with each other.

Change-ID: If570bb7acf958cef58725ec2a2011cead6f80638
Signed-off-by: Aaron Salter <aaron.k.salter@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-14 17:52:32 -07:00
Philippe Reynes
8704f21c84 net: intel: ixgbe: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-12 19:28:07 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
c74042f3b3 ixgbe: Limit use of 2K buffers on architectures with 256B or larger cache lines
On architectures that have a cache line size larger than 64 Bytes we start
running into issues where the amount of headroom for the frame starts
shrinking.

The size of skb_shared_info on a system with a 64B L1 cache line size is
320.  This increases to 384 with a 128B cache line, and 512 with a 256B
cache line.

In addition the NET_SKB_PAD value increases as well consistent with the
cache line size.  As a result when we get to a 256B cache line as seen on
the s390 we end up 768 bytes used by padding and shared info leaving us
with only 1280 bytes to use for data storage.  On architectures such as
this we should default to using 3K Rx buffers out of a 8K page instead of
trying to do 1.5K buffers out of a 4K page.

To take all of this into account I have added one small check so that we
compare the max_frame to the amount of actual data we can store.  This was
already occurring for igb, but I had overlooked it for ixgbe as it doesn't
have strict limits for 82599 once we enable jumbo frames.  By adding this
check we will automatically enable 3K Rx buffers as soon as the maximum
frame size we can handle drops below the standard Ethernet MTU.

I also went through and fixed one small typo that I found where I had left
an IGB in a variable name due to a copy/paste error.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-02 18:03:39 -08:00
Paolo Abeni
d3aa9c9f21 ixgbe: update the rss key on h/w, when ethtool ask for it
Currently ixgbe_set_rxfh() updates the rss_key copy in the driver
memory, but does not push the new value into the h/w. This commit
add a new helper for the latter operation and call it in
ixgbe_set_rxfh(), so that the h/w rss key value can be really
updated via ethtool.

Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-03-02 17:19:17 -08:00
Masahiro Yamada
9a284e5c9e scripts/spelling.txt: add "overwritting" pattern and fix typo instances
Fix typos and add the following to the scripts/spelling.txt:

  overwritting||overwriting

Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1481573103-11329-29-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2017-02-27 18:43:47 -08:00
Masahiro Yamada
a6ab4eff19 scripts/spelling.txt: add "applys" pattern and fix typo instances
Fix typos and add the following to the scripts/spelling.txt:

  applys||applies

The "applyes" in drivers/video/fbdev/aty/radeon_monitor.c is a different
pattern but it was fixed in this commit.  The "This functions" in the
same line was fixed as well.

Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1481573103-11329-24-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2017-02-27 18:43:47 -08:00
Masahiro Yamada
b564d62e67 scripts/spelling.txt: add "varible" pattern and fix typo instances
Fix typos and add the following to the scripts/spelling.txt:

  varible||variable

While we are here, tidy up the comment blocks that fit in a single line
for drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c and
net/sctp/transport.c.

Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1481573103-11329-11-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2017-02-27 18:43:47 -08:00
Benjamin Poirier
83a0c6e589 i40e: Invoke softirqs after napi_reschedule
The following message is logged from time to time when using i40e:
NOHZ: local_softirq_pending 08

i40e may schedule napi from a workqueue. Afterwards, softirqs are not run
in a deterministic time frame. The problem is the same as what was
described in commit ec13ee8014 ("virtio_net: invoke softirqs after
__napi_schedule") and this patch applies the same fix to i40e.

Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-18 20:35:36 -08:00
Carolyn Wyborny
ee847d9351 i40e: remove duplicate device id from PCI table
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-18 20:35:36 -08:00
Jacob Keller
b9c015d421 i40e: mark the value passed to csum_replace_by_diff as __wsum
Fix, or rather, avoid a sparse warning caused by the fact that
csum_replace_by_diff expects to receive a __wsum value. Since the
calculation appears to work, simply typecast the passed paylen value to
__wsum to avoid the warning.

This seems pretty fishy since __wsum was obviously annotated as
a separate type on purpose, so this throws the entire calculation into
question. Since it currently appears to behave as expected, the typecast
is probably safe.

Change-ID: I4fdc5cddd589abc16098176e8a61127e761488f4
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-18 20:35:36 -08:00
Harshitha Ramamurthy
ae13670824 i40e: Error handling for link event
There exists an intermittent bug which causes the 'Link Detected'
field reported by the 'ethtool <iface>' command to be 'Yes' when
in fact, there is no link. This patch fixes the problem by
enabling temporary link polling when i40e_get_link_status returns
an error. This causes the driver to remember that an admin queue
command failed and polls, until the function returns with a success.

Change-Id: I64c69b008db4017b8729f3fc27b8f65c8fe2eaa0
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-18 20:35:36 -08:00
Jacob Keller
5cb259016b i40e: properly convert le16 value to CPU format
This ensures that the pvid which is stored in __le16 format is converted
to the CPU format. This will fix comparison issues on Big Endian
platforms.

Change-ID: I92c80d1315dc2a0f9f095d5a0c48d461beb052ed
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-18 20:35:36 -08:00
Jacob Keller
2ae0bf5014 i40e: convert to cpu from le16 to generate switch_id correctly
On Big Endian platforms we would incorrectly calculate the wrong switch
id since we did not properly convert the le16 value into CPU format.
Caught by sparse.

Change-ID: I69a2f9fa064a0a91691f7d0e6fcc206adceb8e36
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-18 20:35:36 -08:00
Alan Brady
773d4023ba i40e: refactor AQ CMD buffer debug printing
This patch refactors the '%*ph' printk format specifier to instead use
the print_hex_dump function, as recommended by the '%*ph' documentation.
This produces better/more standardized output.

Change-ID: Id56700b4e8abc40ff8c04bc8379e7df04cb4d6fd
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-18 20:35:36 -08:00
Carolyn Wyborny
3c234c4709 i40e: Fix Adaptive ITR enabling
This patch fixes a bug introduced with the addition of the per queue
ITR feature support in ethtool.  With that addition, there were
functions added which converted the ITR settings to binary values.
The IS_ENABLED macros that run on those values check whether a bit
is set or not and with the value being binary, the bit check always
returned ITR disabled which prevents any updating of the ITR rate.
This patch fixes the problem by changing the functions to return the
current ITR value instead and renaming it to better reflect
its function.  These functions now provide a value which will be
accurately asessed and update the ITR as intended.

Change-ID: I14f1d088d052e27f652aaa3113e186415ddea1fc
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-18 20:35:36 -08:00
Mitch Williams
51f3826266 i40evf: add comment
Add a comment to reduce confusion.

Change-ID: I3d5819c0f3f5174680442ae54398a073d4a61f4f
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-18 20:35:35 -08:00
Mitch Williams
8a68badd12 i40evf: free rings in remove function
When the i40evf_remove() calls netdev close, the device doesn't actually
close - it schedules the work for the watchdog to perform. Since we're
stopping the watchdog, this work doesn't get done. However, we're
resetting the part, so we can free resources after the reset request has
gone through. This plugs a memory leak.

Change-ID: Id5335dcaf76ce00d2a4c3d26e9faf711d7f051cf
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-18 20:35:35 -08:00
Jacob Keller
03aa268b14 i40e: remove unnecessary call to i40e_update_link_info
This call is made just prior to running i40e_link_event. In
i40e_link_event, we set hw->phy.get_link_info to true just prior to
calling i40e_get_link_status, which conveniently runs
i40e_update_link_info for us. Thus, we are running i40e_update_link_info
twice, which seems like something we don't need to do...

Change-ID: I36467a570f44b7546d218c99e134ff97c2709315
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-18 20:35:35 -08:00
Joshua Hay
1d68005db4 i40e: enable mc magic pkt wakeup during power down
This patch adds a call to the mac_address_write admin q function during
power down to update the PRTPM_SAH/SAL registers with the MC_MAG_EN bit
thus enabling multicast magic packet wakeup.

A FW workaround is needed to write the multicast magic wake up enable
bit in the PRTPM_SAH register. The FW expects the mac address write
admin q cmd to be called first with one of the WRITE_TYPE_LAA flags
and then with the multicast relevant flags.

*Note: This solution only works for X722 devices currently. A PFR will
clear the previously mentioned bit by default, but X722 has support for a
WOL_PRESERVE_ON_PFR flag which prevents the bit from being cleared. Once
other devices support this flag, this solution should work as well.

Change-ID: I51bd5b8535bd9051c2676e27c999c1657f786827
Signed-off-by: Joshua Hay <joshua.a.hay@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-18 20:35:35 -08:00
Alan Brady
a410c821c0 i40e: fix disable overflow promiscuous mode
There exists a bug in which the driver is unable to exit overflow
promiscuous mode after having added "too many" mac filters.  It is
expected that after triggering overflow promiscuous, removing the
failed/extra filters should then disable overflow promiscuous mode.

The bug exists because we were intentionally skipping the sync_vsi_filter
path in cases where we were removing failed filters since they shouldn't
have been added to the firmware in the first place, however we still
need to go through the sync_vsi_filter code path to determine whether or
not it is ok to exit overflow promiscuous mode.  This patch fixes the
bug by making sure we go through the sync_vsi_filter path in cases of
failed filters.

Change-ID: I634d249ca3e5fa50729553137c295e73e7722143
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-18 20:35:35 -08:00
Alexander Duyck
ffed21bcee ixgbe: Don't bother clearing buffer memory for descriptor rings
This patch makes it so that we don't need to bother with clearing the
memory out for the descriptor rings.  The general idea is to only free
buffers associated with buffers in use which are located between the
next_to_clean and next_to_use or next_to_alloc values.  Everything outside
of those regions can be safely ignored since they should have no buffers
associated with them.

The advantage to doing things this way is that is should speed up bring-up
and tear-down of the rings.  Specifically we can avoid the 512 or more
cycles required to memset the rings in tear-down.  In the bring-up phase we
then clear the memory as a part of initialization.  The general idea is
that the clearing in initialization can act as a prefetch of sorts for the
buffer info structures so they are in the local CPU when we go to populate
them.  This should help to improve overall time needed to perform a
suspend/resume.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-16 04:02:44 -08:00
Alexander Duyck
6f429223b3 ixgbe: Add support for build_skb
This patch adds build_skb support to the Rx path.  There are several
advantages to this change.

1.  It avoids the memcpy and skb->head allocation for small packets which
    improves performance by about 5% in my tests.
2.  It avoids the memcpy, skb->head allocation, and eth_get_headlen
    for larger packets improving performance by about 10% in my tests.
3.  For VXLAN packets it allows the full header to be in skb->data which
    improves the performance by as much as 30% in some of my tests.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-16 04:02:44 -08:00
Alexander Duyck
2ccdf26ff6 ixgbe: Add private flag to control buffer mode
Since there are potential drawbacks to the new Rx allocation approach I
thought it best to add a "chicken bit" so that we can turn the feature off
if in the event that a problem is found.

It also provides a means of validating the legacy Rx path in the event that
we are forced to fall back.  At some point in the future when we are
convinced we don't need it anymore we might be able to drop the legacy-rx
flag.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-16 04:02:44 -08:00
Alexander Duyck
2de6aa3a66 ixgbe: Add support for padding packet
This patch adds support for providing a buffer with headroom and tailroom
to allow for shared info, NET_SKB_PAD, and NET_IP_ALIGN.  With this
combined with the DMA changes we can start using build_skb to build frames
around an incoming Rx buffer instead of having to memcpy the headers.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-16 04:02:44 -08:00
Alexander Duyck
3fd218767f ixgbe: Break out Rx buffer page management
We are going to be expanding the number of Rx paths in the driver.  Instead
of duplicating all that code I am pulling it apart into separate functions
so that we don't have so much code duplication.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-16 04:02:44 -08:00
Alexander Duyck
c3630cc40b ixgbe: Use length to determine if descriptor is done
This change makes it so that we use the length of the packet instead of the
DD status bit to determine if a new descriptor is ready to be processed.
The obvious advantage is that it cuts down on reads as we don't really even
need the DD bit if going from a 0 to a non-zero value on size is enough to
inform us that the packet has been completed.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-16 04:02:44 -08:00
Alexander Duyck
4f4542bfb3 ixgbe: Make use of order 1 pages and 3K buffers independent of FCoE
In order to support build_skb with jumbo frames it will be necessary to use
3K buffers for the Rx path with 8K pages backing them.  This is needed on
architectures that implement 4K pages because we can't support 2K buffers
plus padding in a 4K page.

In the case of systems that support page sizes larger than 4K the 3K
attribute will only be applied to FCoE as we can fall back to using just 2K
buffers and adding the padding.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-16 04:02:44 -08:00
Alexander Duyck
1b56cf49f5 ixgbe: Update code to better handle incrementing page count
Batch the page count updates instead of doing them one at a time.  By doing
this we can improve the overall performance as the atomic increment
operations can be expensive due to the fact that on x86 they are locked
operations which can cause stalls.  By doing bulk updates we can
consolidate the stall which should help to improve the overall receive
performance.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-16 04:02:44 -08:00
Alexander Duyck
f3213d9321 ixgbe: Update driver to make use of DMA attributes in Rx path
This patch adds support for DMA_ATTR_SKIP_CPU_SYNC and
DMA_ATTR_WEAK_ORDERING.  By enabling both of these for the Rx path we are
able to see performance improvements on architectures that implement either
one due to the fact that page mapping and unmapping only has to sync what
is actually being used instead of the entire buffer.  In addition by
enabling the weak ordering attribute enables a performance improvement for
architectures that can associate a memory ordering with a DMA buffer such
as Sparc.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-16 04:02:44 -08:00
Alexander Duyck
f215af8cae ixgbe: Only DMA sync frame length
On some platforms, syncing a buffer for DMA is expensive. Rather than
sync the whole 2K receive buffer, only synchronise the length of the
frame, which will typically be the MTU, or a much smaller TCP ACK.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-16 04:02:44 -08:00
Alexander Duyck
af43da0dba ixgbe: Add function for checking to see if we can reuse page
This patch consolidates the code for the ixgbe driver so that it is more
inline with what is already in igb.  The general idea is to just
consolidate functions that represent logical steps in the Rx process so we
can later update them more easily.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-16 04:02:44 -08:00
Mark Rustad
1733284d02 ixgbe: Update version to reflect added functionality
Update the driver version to reflect the new devices that it
supports.

Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-16 04:02:44 -08:00
Stephen Hemminger
3f40c74cce ixgbe: prefix Data Center Bridge ops struct
Since dcbnl_ops is global, it should be prefixed by ixgbe_

Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-16 04:02:44 -08:00
Tony Nguyen
1dc0eb75a8 ixgbe: Support 2.5Gb and 5Gb speed
Though not advertised through ethtool, if the link partner advertises a
2.5Gb or 5Gb connection, and the adapter supports it, allow the speed to be
used.

Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-16 04:02:44 -08:00
Henry Tieman
b7eaf8f16e i40e: Save more link abilities when using ethtool
Ethtool support needs to save more PHY information. The
added information includes FEC capabilities and 25G link
types. Without this change it is possible to lose 25G or
FEC settings by using ethtool.

Change-ID: Ie42255b1e901ffbf9583b8c46466a54894114280
Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-11 20:39:02 -08:00
Jacob Keller
671889e674 i40e: avoid race condition when sending filters to firmware for addition
Refactor how we add new filters to firmware to avoid a race condition
that can occur due to removing filters from the hash temporarily.

To understand the race condition, suppose that you have a number of MAC
filters, but have not yet added any VLANs. Now, add two VLANs in rapid
succession. A possible resulting flow would look something like the
following:

(1) lock hash for add VLAN
(2) add the new MAC/VLAN combos for each current MAC filter
(3) unlock hash
(4) lock hash for filter sync
(5) notice that we have a VLAN, so prepare to update all MAC filters
    with VLAN=-1 to be VLAN=0.
(6) move NEW and REMOVE filters to temporary list
(7) unlock hash
(8) lock hash for add VLAN
(9) add new MAC/VLAN combos. Notice that no MAC filters are currently in
    the hash list, so we don't add any VLANs <--- BUG!
(10) unlock hash
(11) sync the temporary lists to firmware
(12) lock hash for post-sync
(13) move the temporary elements back to the main list
....

Because we take filters out of the main hash into temporary lists, we
introduce a narrow window where it is possible that other callers to the
list will not see some of the filters which were previously added but
have not yet been finalized. This results in sometimes dropping VLAN
additions, and could also result in failing to add a MAC address on the
newly added VLAN.

One obvious way to avoid this race condition would be to lock the entire
firmware process. Unfortunately this does not work because adminq
firmware commands take a mutex which results in a sleep while atomic
BUG(). So, we can't use the simplest approach.

An alternative approach is to simply not remove the filters from the
hash list while adding. Instead, add an i40e_new_mac_filter structure
which we will use to track added filters. This avoids the need to remove
the filter from the hash list. We'll store a pointer to the original
i40e_mac_filter, along with our own copy of the state.

We won't update the state directly, so as to avoid race with other code
that may modify the state while under the lock. We are safe to read
f->macaddr and f->vlan since these only change in two locations. The
first is on filter creation, which must have already occurred. The
second is inside i40e_correct_vlan_filters which was previously run
after creation of this object and can't be run again until after. Thus,
we should be safe to read the MAC address and VLAN while outside the
lock.

We also aren't going to run into a use-after-free issue because the only
place where we free filters is when they are marked FAILED or when we
remove them inside the sync subtask. Since the subtask has its own
critical flag to prevent duplicate runs, we know this won't happen. We
also know that the only location to transition a filter from NEW to
FAILED is inside the subtask also, so we aren't worried about that
either.

Use the wrapper i40e_new_mac_filter for additions, and once we've
finalized the addition to firmware, we will update the filter state
inside a lock, and then free the wrapper structure.

In order to avoid a possible race condition with filter deletion, we
won't update the original filter state unless it is still
I40E_FILTER_NEW when we finish the firmware sync.

This approach is more complex, but avoids race conditions related to
filters being temporarily removed from the list. We do not need the same
behavior for deletion because we always unconditionally removed the
filters from the list regardless of the firmware status.

Change-Id: I14b74bc2301f8e69433fbe77ebca532db20c5317
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-11 20:39:01 -08:00
Jacob Keller
d88d40b01c i40e: allow i40e_update_filter_state to skip broadcast filters
Fix a bug where we modified the mac_filter_hash while outside a lock,
when handling addition of broadcast filters.

Normally, we add filters to firmware by batching the additions into
lists and issuing 1 update for every few filters. Broadcast filters are
handled differently, by instead setting the broadcast promiscuous mode
flags. In order to make sure the 1<->1 mapping of filters in our
addition array lined up with filters in the hlist tmp_add_list, we had
to remove the filter and move it back to the main hash. However, we
didn't do this under lock, which could cause consistency problems for
the list.

Fix this by updating i40e_update_filter_state logic so that it knows to
avoid broadcast filters. This ensures that we don't have to remove the
filter separately, and can put it back using the normal flow.

Change-ID: Id288fade80b3e3a9a54b68cc249188cb95147518
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-11 20:39:01 -08:00
Jacob Keller
e6e3fc2bd3 i40e: don't warn every time we clear an Rx timestamp register
The intent of this message was to indicate to a user that we might have
missed a timestamp event for a valid packet. The original method of
detecting the missed events relied on waiting until all 4 registers were
filled.

A recent commit d55458c0cd7a5 ("i40e: replace PTP Rx timestamp hang
logic") replaced this logic with much better detection
scheme that could detect a stalled Rx timestamp register even when other
registers were still functional.

The new logic means that a message will be displayed almost as soon as
a timestamp for a dropped frame occurs. This new logic highlights that
the hardware will attempt timestamp for frames which it later decides to
drop. The most prominent example is when a multicast PTP frame is
received on a multicast address that we are not subscribed to.

Because the hardware initiates the Rx timestamp as soon as possible, it
will latch an RXTIME register, but then drop the packet.

This results in users being confused by the message as they are not
expecting to see dropped timestamp messages unless their application
also indicates that timestamps were missing.

Resolve this by reducing the severity and frequency of the displayed
message. We now only print the message if 3 or 4 of the RXTIME registers
are stalled and get cleared within the same watchdog event. This ensures
that the common case does not constantly display the message.
Additionally, since the message is likely not as meaningful to most
users, reduce the message to a dev_dbg instead of a dev_warn.

Users can still get a count of the number of timestamps dropped by
reading the ethtool statistics value, if necessary.

Change-ID: I35494442226a444c418dfb4f91a3070d06c8435c
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-11 20:39:01 -08:00
Henry Tieman
3e03d7ccf4 i40e: Save link FEC info from link up event
Store the FEC status bits from the link up event into the
hw_link_info structure.

Change-ID: I9a7b256f6dfb0dce89c2f503075d0d383526832e
Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-11 20:39:01 -08:00
Sudheer Mogilappagari
b3f028fc8a i40e: Add bus number info to i40e_bus_info struct
Currently i40e_bus_info has PCI device and function info only and log
messages print device number as bus number. Added field to provide bus
number info and modified log statements to print bus, device and
function information.

Change-ID: I811617cee2714cc0d6bade8d369f57040990756f
Signed-off-by: Sudheer Mogilappagari <sudheer.mogilappagari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-11 20:39:01 -08:00
Mitch Williams
3bb83baf9a i40e: Clean up dead code
The function i40e_client_prepare() can never return an error. So make it
void and quit checking its return value.

Change-ID: I9ff311e2324dde329eb68648efb2c94aaff856db
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-11 20:39:01 -08:00
Bimmy Pujari
cfffef76e7 i40e/i40evf : Changed version from 1.6.25 to 1.6.27
Signed-off-by: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-11 20:39:01 -08:00
Jacob Keller
a158aeaf5b i40e: update comment explaining where FDIR buffers are freed
The original comment implies that the only location where the raw_packet
buffer will be freed is in i40e_clean_tx_ring() which is incorrect. In
fact this isn't even the normal case. Update the comment explaining
where the memory is freed.

Change-ID: Ie0defc35ed1c3af183f81fdc60b6d783707a5595
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-11 20:39:01 -08:00
Scott Peterson
9b37c93731 i40e/i40evf: eliminate i40e_pull_tail()
Reorganize the i40e_pull_tail() logic, doing it in i40e_add_rx_frag()
where it's cheaper.  The igb driver does this the same way.

Also renames i40e_page_is_reserved() to reflect what it actually
tests.

Change-ID: Icd9cc507aae1fcdc02308b3a09034111b4c24071
Signed-off-by: Scott Peterson <scott.d.peterson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-11 20:39:01 -08:00
Scott Peterson
e72e56597b i40e/i40evf: Moves skb from i40e_rx_buffer to i40e_ring
This patch reduces the size of struct i40e_rx_buffer by one pointer,
and makes the i40e driver a little more consistent with the igb driver
in terms of packets that span buffers.

We do this by moving the skb field from struct i40e_rx_buffer to
struct i40e_ring. We pass the skb we already have (or NULL if we
don't) to i40e_fetch_rx_buffer(), which skips the skb allocation if we
already have one for this packet.

Change-ID: I4ad48a531844494ba0c5d8e1a62209a057f661b0
Signed-off-by: Scott Peterson <scott.d.peterson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-11 20:39:01 -08:00
Scott Peterson
7987dcd7b9 i40e/i40evf: Limit DMA sync of RX buffers to actual packet size
On packet RX, we perform a DMA sync for CPU before passing the
packet up.  Here we limit that sync to the actual length of the
incoming packet, rather than always syncing the entire buffer.

Change-ID: I626aaf6c37275a8ce9e81efcaa773f327b331487
Signed-off-by: Scott Peterson <scott.d.peterson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-11 20:39:01 -08:00
Mitch Williams
e5f77f4a2f i40evf: track outstanding client request
The iWarp client cannot continue until this operation has been completed
by the PF driver. Sleep (with timeout) until the reply from the PF
driver has been received.

Change-ID: I5dc41b857bba32d0218b7ce167b5da122dadf349
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-11 20:39:00 -08:00
Jacob Keller
d7ce6422d6 i40e: don't check params until after checking for client instance
We can avoid the minor bit of work by calling check params after we
check for the client instance, since we're about to return early in
cases where we do not have a client.

Change-ID: I56f8ea2ba48d4f571fa331c9ace50819a022fa1c
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-11 20:39:00 -08:00
David S. Miller
a076d1bdc6 Merge branch '40GbE' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jkirsher/next-queue
Jeff Kirsher says:

====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-02-03

This series contains updates to i40e/i40evf only.

Jake fixes up the driver to not call i40e_vsi_kill_vlan() or
i40e_vsi_add_vlan() when the PVID is set or when the VID is less than 1.
Cleaned up a check which really is not needed since there is no real
reason why we cannot just call i40e_del_mac_all_vlan() directly.  Renamed
functions to better reflect their actual purpose and how they function
in a more clear manner.

Bimmy cleans up unused/deprecated macros.

Mitch cleans up unused device ids which were intended for use when
running Linux VF drivers under Hyper-V, but found to be not needed.
Then cleaned up a function that is no longer needed since the client
open and close functions were refactored.  Adds a sleep without timeout
until the reply from the PF driver has been received since the iWARP
client cannot continue until the operation has been completed.

Tushar Dave fixes an issue seen on SPARC where the use of the 'packed'
directive was causing kernel unaligned errors.

Alex does a refactor to pull some data off of the stack and store it
in the transmit buffer info section of the transmit ring.

Alan fixes a bug which was caused by passing a bad register value to the
firmware, by refactoring the macro INTRL_USEC_TO_REG into a static
inline function.  Also added feedback to the user as to the actual
interrupt rate limit being used when it differs from the requested limit.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-04 12:13:27 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
508aac6dee ixgbevf: get rid of custom busy polling code
In linux-4.5, busy polling was implemented in core
NAPI stack, meaning that all custom implementation can
be removed from drivers.

Not only we remove lot's of code, we also remove one lock
operation in fast path, and allow GRO to do its job.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 17:17:53 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
3ffc1af576 ixgbe: get rid of custom busy polling code
In linux-4.5, busy polling was implemented in core
NAPI stack, meaning that all custom implementation can
be removed from drivers.

Not only we remove lot's of code, we also remove one lock
operation in fast path, and allow GRO to do its job.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 17:17:52 -05:00
Alan Brady
33084060fb i40e: add interrupt rate limit verbosity
Due to the resolution of the register controlling interrupt rate
limiting, setting certain values for the interrupt rate limit make it
appear as though the limiting is not completely accurate.  The problem
is that the interrupt rate limit is getting rounded down to the nearest
multiple of 4.  This patch fixes the problem by adding some feedback to
the user as to the actual interrupt rate limit being used when it
differs from the requested limit.  Without this patch setting interrupt
rate limits may appear to behave inaccurately.

Change-ID: I3093cf3f2d437d35a4c4f4bb5af5ce1b85ab21b7
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:43:09 -08:00
Alan Brady
1c0e6a3613 i40e: refactor macro INTRL_USEC_TO_REG
This patch refactors the macro INTRL_USEC_TO_REG into a static inline
function and fixes a couple subtle bugs caused by the macro.

This patch fixes a bug which was caused by passing a bad register value
to the firmware.  If enabling interrupt rate limiting, a non-zero value
for the rate limit must be used.  Otherwise the firmware sets the
interrupt rate limit to the maximum value.  Due to the limited
resolution of the register, attempting to set a value of 1, 2, or 3
would be rounded down to 0 and limiting was left enabled, causing
unexpected behavior.

This patch also fixes a possible bug in which using the macro itself can
introduce unintended side-affects because the macro argument is used
more than once in the macro definition (e.g. a variable post-increment
argument would perform a double increment on the variable).

Without this patch, attempting to set interrupt rate limits of 1, 2, or
3 results in unexpected behavior and future use of this macro could
cause subtle bugs.

Change-Id: I83ac842de0ca9c86761923d6e3a4d7b1b95f2b3f
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:42:40 -08:00
Mitch Williams
04766b22cf i40e: remove unused function
After refactoring the client open and close code, this is no longer
needed. Remove it.

Change-ID: If8e6e32baa354d857c2fd8b2f19404f1786011c4
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:42:10 -08:00
Jayaprakash Shanmugam
11131e2b8e i40e: Remove FPK HyperV VF device ID
Requirement for VFs to use the VMBus has been removed that's why
removing Hyper-V VF device ID.

Change-ID: I84f0964f443ee0db3e5e444b5ace996eb71b8280
Signed-off-by: Jayaprakash Shanmugam <jayaprakash.shanmugam@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:41:40 -08:00
Alexander Duyck
52ea3e8020 i40e: Quick refactor to start moving data off stack and into Tx buffer info
This patch does some quick work to pull some of the data off of the stack
and hopefully start storing it in the Tx buffer info section of the Tx
ring.  Ideally we should be moving away from having to store much of
anything on the stack and can just maintain it all in the descriptor rings.

Change-ID: I4b4715ea1920e122502482b3f9e56a9a6cb1e9fe
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:41:10 -08:00
Tushar Dave
9588397d24 i40e: remove unnecessary __packed
'struct i40e_dma_mem' defined with 'packed' directive causing kernel
unaligned errors on sparc.

e.g.
i40e: Intel(R) Ethernet Connection XL710 Network Driver - version
1.6.16-k
i40e: Copyright (c) 2013 - 2014 Intel Corporation.
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[44894c] dma_4v_alloc_coherent+0x1ac/0x300
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[44894c] dma_4v_alloc_coherent+0x1ac/0x300
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[44894c] dma_4v_alloc_coherent+0x1ac/0x300
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[44894c] dma_4v_alloc_coherent+0x1ac/0x300
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[44894c] dma_4v_alloc_coherent+0x1ac/0x300
i40e 0000:03:00.0: fw 5.1.40981 api 1.5 nvm 5.04 0x80002548 0.0.0

This can be fixed with get_unaligned/put_unaligned(). However no
reference in driver shows that 'struct i40e_dma_mem' directly shoved
into NIC hardware. But instead fields of the struct are being read and
used for hardware. Therefore, __packed is unnecessary for 'struct
i40e_dma_mem'.

In addition, although 'struct i40e_virt_mem' doesn't cause any
unaligned access, keeping it packed is unnecessary as well because
of aforementioned reason.

This change make 'struct i40e_dma_mem' and 'struct i40e_virt_mem'
unpacked.

Signed-off-by: Tushar Dave <tushar.n.dave@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:40:39 -08:00
Mitch Williams
17901e1bde i40evf: remove unused device ID
This device ID was intended for use when running Linux VF drivers under
Hyper-V, but we have determined that it is not necessary. Since it is
unused, and will never be used, remove it.

Change-ID: I74998ab4237db043cd400547bb54a0a5e2a37ea5
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:40:09 -08:00
Bimmy Pujari
6de432c5ae i40e: Deprecating unused macro
I40E_MAC_X710 was supposed to be for 10G and I40E_MAC_XL710
was supposed to be for 40G. But function i40e_is_mac_710
sets I40E_MAC_XL710 for all device IDS, I40E_MAC_X710 is not
used at all. As there is nothing to compare there is no need
for this function. Thus deprecating this extra macro and
removing this function entirely and replacing it with a direct
check.

Change-ID: I7d1769954dccd574a290ac04adb836ebd156730e
Signed-off-by: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:39:39 -08:00
Jacob Keller
9569a9a454 i40e: when adding or removing MAC filters, correctly handle VLANs
Instead of using i40e_add_filter or i40e_del_filter directly, when
adding a MAC address, we should normally be using i40e_add_mac_filter or
i40e_del_mac_filter. These functions correctly handle the various cases
of VLAN mode or PVID settings. This ensures consistency and avoids the
issues that can occur with the recent addition of a WARN_ON() in
i40e_sync_vsi_filters.

Change-ID: I7fe62db063391fdd1180b2d6a6a3c5ab4307eeee
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:39:09 -08:00
Jacob Keller
148141bb26 i40e: avoid O(n^2) loop when deleting all filters
Use __i40e_del_filter instead of using i40e_del_filter() which will
avoid doing an additional search to delete a filter we already have the
pointer for.

Change-ID: Iea5a7e3cafbf8c682ed9d3b6c69cf5ff53f44daf
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:38:39 -08:00
Jacob Keller
feffdbe47d i40e: rename i40e_put_mac_in_vlan and i40e_del_mac_all_vlan
These functions purpose is to add a new MAC filter correctly, whether
we're using VLANs or not. Their goal is to ensure that all active VLANs
get the new MAC filter. Rename them so that their intent is clear. They
function correctly regardless of whether we have any active VLANs or
only have I40E_VLAN_ANY filters. The new names convey how they function
in a more clear manner.

Change-ID: Iec1961f968c0223a7132724a74e26a665750b107
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:38:09 -08:00
Jacob Keller
d983001f04 i40e: no need to check is_vsi_in_vlan before calling i40e_del_mac_all_vlan
This function won't be appreciably slower when in VLAN mode, so there is
no real reason to not just call it directly. In either case, we still
must search the full table for a MAC/VLAN pair. We do get to stop
searching a tiny bit early in the case of knowing we are not in VLAN
mode, but this is a minor savings and we can avoid the code complexity
by not having to worry about the check.

Change-ID: I533412195b3a42f51cf629e3675dd5145aea8625
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:37:39 -08:00
Jacob Keller
7aaf9536c4 i40e: fold the i40e_is_vsi_in_vlan check into i40e_put_mac_in_vlan
Fold the check for determining when to call i40e_put_mac_in_vlan directly
into the function so that we don't need to decide which function to use
ahead of time. This allows us to just call i40e_put_mac_in_vlan directly
without having to check ahead of time.

Change-ID: Ifff526940748ac14b8418be5df5a149502eed137
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:37:09 -08:00
Jacob Keller
f94484b758 i40e: don't allow i40e_vsi_(add|kill)_vlan to operate when VID<1
Now that we have the separate i40e_(add|rm)_vlan_all_mac functions, we
should not be using the i40e_vsi_kill_vlan or i40e_vsi_add_vlan
functions when PVID is set or when VID is less than 1. This allows us to
remove some checks in i40e_vsi_add_vlan and ensures that callers which
need to handle VID=0 or VID=-1 don't accidentally invoke the VLAN mode
handling used to convert filters when entering VLAN mode. We also update
the functions to take u16 instead of s16 as well since they no longer
expect to be called with VID=I40E_VLAN_ANY.

Change-ID: Ibddf44a8bb840dde8ceef2a4fdb92fd953b05a57
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-02-02 22:36:38 -08:00
Eric Dumazet
6ad20165d3 drivers: net: generalize napi_complete_done()
napi_complete_done() allows to opt-in for gro_flush_timeout,
added back in linux-3.19, commit 3b47d30396
("net: gro: add a per device gro flush timer")

This allows for more efficient GRO aggregation without
sacrifying latencies.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 15:10:42 -05:00
Tobias Klauser
4a7c972644 net: Remove usage of net_device last_rx member
The network stack no longer uses the last_rx member of struct net_device
since the bonding driver switched to use its own private last_rx in
commit 9f24273837 ("bonding: use last_arp_rx in slave_last_rx()").

However, some drivers still (ab)use the field for their own purposes and
some driver just update it without actually using it.

Previously, there was an accompanying comment for the last_rx member
added in commit 4dc89133f4 ("net: add a comment on netdev->last_rx")
which asked drivers not to update is, unless really needed. However,
this commend was removed in commit f8ff080dac ("bonding: remove
useless updating of slave->dev->last_rx"), so some drivers added later
on still did update last_rx.

Remove all usage of last_rx and switch three drivers (sky2, atp and
smc91c92_cs) which actually read and write it to use their own private
copy in netdev_priv.

Compile-tested with allyesconfig and allmodconfig on x86 and arm.

Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
Cc: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
Cc: Mirko Lindner <mlindner@marvell.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Jay Vosburgh <jay.vosburgh@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-18 17:22:49 -05:00
Mao Wenan
1a8b6d76dc net:add one common config ARCH_WANT_RELAX_ORDER to support relax ordering
Relax ordering(RO) is one feature of 82599 NIC, to enable this feature can
enhance the performance for some cpu architecure, such as SPARC and so on.
Currently it only supports one special cpu architecture(SPARC) in 82599
driver to enable RO feature, this is not very common for other cpu architecture
which really needs RO feature.
This patch add one common config CONFIG_ARCH_WANT_RELAX_ORDER to set RO feature,
and should define CONFIG_ARCH_WANT_RELAX_ORDER in sparc Kconfig firstly.

Signed-off-by: Mao Wenan <maowenan@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-18 16:33:00 -05:00
David S. Miller
02ac5d1487 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Two AF_* families adding entries to the lockdep tables
at the same time.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-11 14:43:39 -05:00
Alexander Duyck
2976db8018 mm: rename __page_frag functions to __page_frag_cache, drop order from drain
This patch does two things.

First it goes through and renames the __page_frag prefixed functions to
__page_frag_cache so that we can be clear that we are draining or
refilling the cache, not the frags themselves.

Second we drop the order parameter from __page_frag_cache_drain since we
don't actually need to pass it since all fragments are either order 0 or
must be a compound page.

Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170104023954.13451.5678.stgit@localhost.localdomain
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2017-01-10 18:31:55 -08:00
Philippe Reynes
6b0c06e0b6 net: intel: e100: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-09 12:09:10 -05:00
stephen hemminger
5944701df9 net: remove useless memset's in drivers get_stats64
In dev_get_stats() the statistic structure storage has already been
zeroed. Therefore network drivers do not need to call memset() again.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-08 17:51:44 -05:00
stephen hemminger
bc1f44709c net: make ndo_get_stats64 a void function
The network device operation for reading statistics is only called
in one place, and it ignores the return value. Having a structure
return value is potentially confusing because some future driver could
incorrectly assume that the return value was used.

Fix all drivers with ndo_get_stats64 to have a void function.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-08 17:51:44 -05:00
Jacob Keller
0035ddf439 fm10k: remove FM10K_FLAG_DEBUG_STATS
The debug statistics were removed due to complications with the ethtool
statistics API which are not possible to resolve without a new
statistics interface. The flag was left behind, but we no longer need
it.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-08 01:44:54 -08:00
Jacob Keller
b5db29f08a fm10k: report the receive timestamp in FM10K_CB(skb)->tstamp
This was accidentally removed when we defeatured the full 1588 Clock
support. We need to report the Rx descriptor timestamp value so that
applications built on top of the IES API can function properly.

Additionally, remove the FM10K_FLAG_RX_TS_ENABLED, as it is not used now
that 1588 functionality has been removed.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-08 01:42:36 -08:00
Scott Peterson
881571c12f fm10k: Limit dma sync of RX buffers to actual packet size
On packet RX, we perform a dma sync for cpu before passing the
packet up.  Here we limit that sync to the actual length of the
incoming packet, rather than always syncing the entire buffer.

Signed-off-by: Scott Peterson <scott.d.peterson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-08 01:39:49 -08:00
Jacob Keller
6721f2dad5 fm10k: bump version number
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-08 01:36:35 -08:00
Ngai-Mint Kwan
f052495517 fm10k: do not clear global mailbox interrupt bits
Partially revert commit 5e93cbadd3 ("fm10k: Reset mailbox global
interrupts", 2016-06-07)

The register bits related to this commit are now solely being handled by
the IES API. Recent changes in the IES API will allow an automatic
recovery from improper handling of these bits.

Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-08 01:35:19 -08:00
Ngai-Mint Kwan
2f3fc1e620 fm10k: request reset when mbx->state changes
Multiple IES API resets can cause a race condition where the mailbox
interrupt request bits can be cleared before being handled. This can
leave certain mailbox messages from the PF to be untreated and the PF
will enter in some inactive state. If this situation occurs, the IES API
will initiate a mailbox version reset which, then, trigger a mailbox
state change. Once this mailbox transition occurs (from OPEN to CONNECT
state), a request for reset will be returned.

This ensures that PF will undergo a reset whenever IES API encounters an
unknown global mailbox interrupt event or whenever the IES API
terminates.

Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-08 01:33:43 -08:00
Jacob Keller
aee2433344 fm10k: remove extraneous variable definition in fm10k_ethtool.c
We don't need to typecast a u8 * into a char *, so just remove the extra
variable.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-08 01:31:46 -08:00
Ngai-Mint Kwan
50bfaee50c fm10k-shared: use mac-> instead of hw->mac.
Since a pointer "mac" to fm10k_mac_info structure exists, use it to
access the contents of its members.

Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-08 01:22:57 -08:00
Hannu Lounento
76ed5a8f47 igb: Fix hw_dbg logging in igb_update_flash_i210
Fix an if statement with hw_dbg lines where the logic was inverted with
regards to the corresponding return value used in the if statement.

Signed-off-by: Hannu Lounento <hannu.lounento@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@collabora.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-06 02:23:22 -08:00
Todd Fujinaka
5bc8c230e2 igb: add i211 to i210 PHY workaround
i210 and i211 share the same PHY but have different PCI IDs. Don't
forget i211 for any i210 workarounds.

Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-06 02:23:01 -08:00
Todd Fujinaka
9474933caf igb: close/suspend race in netif_device_detach
Similar to ixgbe, when an interface is part of a namespace it is
possible that igb_close() may be called while __igb_shutdown() is
running which ends up in a double free WARN and/or a BUG in
free_msi_irqs().

Extend the rtnl_lock() to protect the call to netif_device_detach() and
igb_clear_interrupt_scheme() in __igb_shutdown() and check for
netif_device_present() to avoid calling igb_clear_interrupt_scheme() a
second time in igb_close().

Also extend the rtnl lock in igb_resume() to netif_device_attach().

Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-06 02:18:51 -08:00
Guilherme G Piccoli
69b97cf6db igb: re-assign hw address pointer on reset after PCI error
Whenever the igb driver detects the result of a read operation returns
a value composed only by F's (like 0xFFFFFFFF), it will detach the
net_device, clear the hw_addr pointer and warn to the user that adapter's
link is lost - those steps happen on igb_rd32().

In case a PCI error happens on Power architecture, there's a recovery
mechanism called EEH, that will reset the PCI slot and call driver's
handlers to reset the adapter and network functionality as well.

We observed that once hw_addr is NULL after the error is detected on
igb_rd32(), it's never assigned back, so in the process of resetting
the network functionality we got a NULL pointer dereference in both
igb_configure_tx_ring() and igb_configure_rx_ring(). In order to avoid
such bug, this patch re-assigns the hw_addr value in the slot_reset
handler.

Reported-by: Anthony H Thai <ahthai@us.ibm.com>
Reported-by: Harsha Thyagaraja <hathyaga@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-06 02:18:51 -08:00
Aaron Sierra
1827853354 igb: reset the PHY before reading the PHY ID
Several people have reported firmware leaving the I210/I211 PHY's page
select register set to something other than the default of zero. This
causes the first accesses, PHY_IDx register reads, to access something
else, resulting in device probe failure:

    igb: Intel(R) Gigabit Ethernet Network Driver - version 5.4.0-k
    igb: Copyright (c) 2007-2014 Intel Corporation.
    igb: probe of 0000:01:00.0 failed with error -2

This problem began for them after a previous patch I submitted was
applied:

    commit 2a3cdead8b
    Author: Aaron Sierra <asierra@xes-inc.com>
    Date:   Tue Nov 3 12:37:09 2015 -0600

        igb: Remove GS40G specific defines/functions

I personally experienced this problem after attempting to PXE boot from
I210 devices using this firmware:

    Intel(R) Boot Agent GE v1.5.78
    Copyright (C) 1997-2014, Intel Corporation

Resetting the PHY before reading from it, ensures the page select
register is in its default state and doesn't make assumptions about
the PHY's register set before the PHY has been probed.

Cc: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey@sai.msu.ru>
Cc: Chris Arges <carges@vectranetworks.com>
Cc: Jochen Henneberg <jh@henneberg-systemdesign.com>
Signed-off-by: Aaron Sierra <asierra@xes-inc.com>
Tested-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey@sai.msu.ru>
Tested-by: Chris J Arges <christopherarges@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-06 02:18:51 -08:00
Cao jin
629823b872 igb: use igb_adapter->io_addr instead of e1000_hw->hw_addr
When running as guest, under certain condition, it will oops as following.
writel() in igb_configure_tx_ring() results in oops, because hw->hw_addr
is NULL. While other register access won't oops kernel because they use
wr32/rd32 which have a defense against NULL pointer.

    [  141.225449] pcieport 0000:00:1c.0: AER: Multiple Uncorrected (Fatal)
    error received: id=0101
    [  141.225523] igb 0000:01:00.1: PCIe Bus Error:
    severity=Uncorrected (Fatal), type=Unaccessible,
    id=0101(Unregistered Agent ID)
    [  141.299442] igb 0000:01:00.1: broadcast error_detected message
    [  141.300539] igb 0000:01:00.0 enp1s0f0: PCIe link lost, device now
    detached
    [  141.351019] igb 0000:01:00.1 enp1s0f1: PCIe link lost, device now
    detached
    [  143.465904] pcieport 0000:00:1c.0: Root Port link has been reset
    [  143.465994] igb 0000:01:00.1: broadcast slot_reset message
    [  143.466039] igb 0000:01:00.0: enabling device (0000 -> 0002)
    [  144.389078] igb 0000:01:00.1: enabling device (0000 -> 0002)
    [  145.312078] igb 0000:01:00.1: broadcast resume message
    [  145.322211] BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at
    0000000000003818
    [  145.361275] IP: [<ffffffffa02fd38d>]
    igb_configure_tx_ring+0x14d/0x280 [igb]
    [  145.400048] PGD 0
    [  145.438007] Oops: 0002 [#1] SMP

A similar issue & solution could be found at:
    http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/689592/

Signed-off-by: Cao jin <caoj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-06 02:18:50 -08:00
Chris J Arges
4e684f59d7 igb: Workaround for igb i210 firmware issue
Sometimes firmware may not properly initialize I347AT4_PAGE_SELECT causing
the probe of an igb i210 NIC to fail. This patch adds an addition zeroing
of this register during igb_get_phy_id to workaround this issue.

Thanks for Jochen Henneberg for the idea and original patch.

Signed-off-by: Chris J Arges <christopherarges@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-06 02:18:50 -08:00
Cao jin
c4f9b6e578 igb: correct register comments
Signed-off-by: Cao jin <caoj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-06 02:18:50 -08:00
khalidm
7e54d9d063 e1000e: driver trying to free already-free irq
During systemd reboot sequence network driver interface is shutdown
by e1000_close. The PCI driver interface is shut by e1000_shutdown.
The e1000_shutdown checks for netif_running status, if still up it
brings down driver. But it disables msi outside of this if statement,
regardless of netif status. All this is OK when e1000_close happens
after shutdown. However, by default, everything in systemd is done
in parallel. This creates a conditions where e1000_shutdown is called
after e1000_close, therefore hitting BUG_ON assert in free_msi_irqs.

CC: xe-kernel@external.cisco.com
Signed-off-by: khalidm <khalidm@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: David Singleton <davsingl@cisco.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-06 02:18:49 -08:00
Joe Perches
030ec9e682 igb: Realign bad indentation
Statements should start on tabstops.

Use a single statement and test instead of multiple tests.

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-06 02:18:49 -08:00
Don Skidmore
07eea570ac ixgbe: Add PF support for VF promiscuous mode
This patch extends the xcast mailbox message to include support for
unicast promiscuous mode.  To allow a VF to enter this mode the PF
must be in promiscuous mode.

A later patch will add the support needed in the VF driver (ixgbevf)

Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-03 13:03:40 -08:00
Don Skidmore
41e544cdad ixgbevf: Add support for VF promiscuous mode
This patch extends the mailbox message to allow for VF promiscuous
mode support.

Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-03 13:03:40 -08:00
Mark Rustad
b3eb4e1860 ixgbe: Implement support for firmware-controlled PHYs
Implement support for devices that have firmware-controlled PHYs.

Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-03 13:03:39 -08:00
Mark Rustad
12c78ef098 ixgbe: Implement firmware interface to access some PHYs
Implement new interface for firmware commands to access some PHYs.

Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-03 13:03:39 -08:00
Mark Rustad
d2a10ae72e ixgbe: Remove unused firmware version functions and method
The firmware version method and functions are not used anywhere, so
remove them all.

Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-03 13:03:38 -08:00
Mark Rustad
3efa9ed260 ixgbe: Fix issues with EEPROM access
There are two problems with EEPROM access. One is that it needs to
hold the semaphore until the entire response is read or else the
response can be corrupted by other firmware accesses. The second
problem is that acquiring and releasing the semaphore is slow, so
it should be taken and released once when multiple EEPROM accesses
will be done.

Both of these issues can be solved by adding a new function,
ixgbe_hic_unlocked, to issue firmware commands that will assume
that the caller has acquired the needed semaphore.

Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-03 13:03:38 -08:00
Don Skidmore
54f6d4c424 ixgbe: Configure advertised speeds correctly for KR/KX backplane
This patch ensures that the advertised link speeds are configured
for X553 KR/KX backplane.  Without this patch the link remains at
1G when resuming from low power after being downshifted by LPLU.

Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-03 13:03:38 -08:00
Emil Tantilov
26403b7fde ixgbevf: restore hw_addr on resume or error
Restore adapter->hw.hw_addr after handling an error, or a resume
operation to make sure we can access the registers.

Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-03 13:03:38 -08:00
Yusuke Suzuki
aeb4c73100 ixgbe: Fix incorrect bitwise operations of PTP Rx timestamp flags
Rx timestamp does not work on 82599 and X540 because bitwise operation
of RX_HWTSTAMP flags is incorrect and ixgbe_ptp_rx_hwtstamp() is never
called. This patch fixes it to enable Rx timestamp on 82599 and X540.

Without this fix:
ptp4l[278.730]: selected /dev/ptp8 as PTP clock
ptp4l[278.733]: port 1: INITIALIZING to LISTENING on INITIALIZE
ptp4l[278.733]: port 0: INITIALIZING to LISTENING on INITIALIZE
ptp4l[278.834]: port 1: received SYNC without timestamp
ptp4l[278.835]: port 1: new foreign master 1c3947.fffe.60f9cc-1
ptp4l[279.834]: port 1: received SYNC without timestamp
ptp4l[280.834]: port 1: received SYNC without timestamp
ptp4l[281.834]: port 1: received SYNC without timestamp
ptp4l[282.834]: port 1: received SYNC without timestamp
ptp4l[282.835]: selected best master clock 1c3947.fffe.60f9cc
ptp4l[282.835]: port 1: LISTENING to UNCALIBRATED on RS_SLAVE
ptp4l[283.834]: port 1: received SYNC without timestamp

With this fix:
ptp4l[239.154]: selected /dev/ptp8 as PTP clock
ptp4l[239.157]: port 1: INITIALIZING to LISTENING on INITIALIZE
ptp4l[239.157]: port 0: INITIALIZING to LISTENING on INITIALIZE
ptp4l[240.989]: port 1: new foreign master 1c3947.fffe.60f9cc-1
ptp4l[244.989]: selected best master clock 1c3947.fffe.60f9cc
ptp4l[244.989]: port 1: LISTENING to UNCALIBRATED on RS_SLAVE
ptp4l[246.977]: master offset -899583339542096 s0 freq      +0 path delay     16222
ptp4l[247.977]: master offset -899583339617265 s1 freq  -75169 path delay     16177
ptp4l[248.977]: master offset       -130 s2 freq  -75299 path delay     16177
ptp4l[248.977]: port 1: UNCALIBRATED to SLAVE on MASTER_CLOCK_SELECTED
ptp4l[249.977]: master offset         -9 s2 freq  -75217 path delay     16177
ptp4l[250.977]: master offset         88 s2 freq  -75123 path delay     16132

Fixes: a9763f3cb5 ("ixgbe: Update PTP to support X550EM_x devices")
Signed-off-by: Yusuke Suzuki <yus-suzuki@uf.jp.nec.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-03 13:03:37 -08:00
Emil Tantilov
b19cf6eea9 ixgbevf: fix AER error handling
Make sure that we free the IRQs in ixgbevf_io_error_detected() when
responding to an PCIe AER error and also restore them when the
interface recovers from it.

Previously it was possible to trigger BUG_ON() check in free_msix_irqs()
in the case where we call ixgbevf_remove() after a failed recovery from
AER error because the interrupts were not freed.

Also moved the down and free functions into ixgbevf_close_suspend()
same as with ixgbe.

Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-03 13:03:37 -08:00
Emil Tantilov
126db13fa0 ixgbe: fix AER error handling
Make sure that we free the IRQs in ixgbe_io_error_detected() when
responding to an PCIe AER error and also restore them when the
interface recovers from it.

Previously it was possible to trigger BUG_ON() check in free_msix_irqs()
in the case where we call ixgbe_remove() after a failed recovery from
AER error because the interrupts were not freed.

Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-03 13:03:37 -08:00
Ken Cox
a9d2d53a78 ixgbe: test for trust in macvlan adjustments for VF
There are two methods for setting mac addresses in a Macvlan, that
differentiate themselves in the function macvlan_set_mac_Address.
If the macvlan mode is passthru, then we use the dev_set_mac_address
method, otherwise we use the dev_uc api via macvlan_sync_addresses.
The latter method (which would stem from using any non-passthru mode,
like bridge, or vepa), calls down into the driver in a path that terminates
in ixgbevf_set_uc_addr_vf, which sends a IXGBE_VF_SET_MACVLAN message,
which causes the pf to spawn the noted error message.  This occurs because
it appears that the guest is trying to delete the mac address of the macvlan
before adding another.

The other path in macvlan_set_mac_address uses dev_set_mac_address, which
calls into ixgbevf_set_mac which uses the IXGBE_VF_SET_MAC_ADDR to the
pf to set the macvlan mac address.

The discrepancy here is in the handlers.  The handler function for
IXGBE_VF_SET_MAC_ADDR (ixgbe_set_vf_mac_addr) has a check for
the vfinfo[].trusted bit to allow the operation if the vf is trusted.
In comparison, the IXGBE_VF_SET_MACVLAN message handler
(ixgbe_set_vf_macvlan_msg) has no such check of the trusted bit.

Signed-off-by: Ken Cox <jkc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-03 13:03:36 -08:00
Emil Tantilov
2dad7b2775 ixgbevf: handle race between close and suspend on shutdown
When an interface is part of a namespace it is possible that
ixgbevf_close() may be called while ixgbevf_suspend() is running
which ends up in a double free WARN and/or a BUG in free_msi_irqs()

To handle this situation we extend the rtnl_lock() to protect the
call to netif_device_detach() and check for !netif_device_present()
to avoid entering close while in suspend.

Also added rtnl locks to ixgbevf_queue_reset_subtask().

CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-03 13:03:36 -08:00
Emil Tantilov
f7f37e7ff2 ixgbe: handle close/suspend race with netif_device_detach/present
When an interface is part of a namespace it is possible that
ixgbe_close() may be called while __ixgbe_shutdown() is running
which ends up in a double free WARN and/or a BUG in free_msi_irqs().

To handle this situation we extend the rtnl_lock() to protect the
call to netif_device_detach() and ixgbe_clear_interrupt_scheme()
in __ixgbe_shutdown() and check for netif_device_present()
to avoid clearing the interrupts second time in ixgbe_close();

Also extend the rtnl lock in ixgbe_resume() to netif_device_attach().

Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-03 13:03:36 -08:00
Tony Nguyen
f215266470 ixgbe: Fix reporting of 100Mb capability
BaseT adapters that are capable of supporting 100Mb are not reporting this
capability.  This patch corrects the reporting so that 100Mb is shown as
supported on those adapters.

Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-03 13:03:35 -08:00
Tony Nguyen
3f0d646b72 ixgbe: Reduce I2C retry count on X550 devices
A retry count of 10 is likely to run into problems on X550 devices that
have to detect and reset unresponsive CS4227 devices. So, reduce the I2C
retry count to 3 for X550 and above. This should avoid any possible
regressions in existing devices.

Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-03 13:03:35 -08:00
Tony Nguyen
910c9c0f59 ixgbe: Add bounds check for x540 LED functions
This is an extension of commit 003287e0f0 ("ixgbevf: Correct parameter
sent to LED function"); add bounds checking to x540 functions to ensure the
index is valid.

Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-03 13:03:35 -08:00
Emil Tantilov
2bf1a87b90 ixgbe: add mask for 64 RSS queues
The indirection table was reported incorrectly for X550 and newer
where we can support up to 64 RSS queues.

Reported-by Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-03 13:03:34 -08:00
Tony Nguyen
5c092749e3 ixgbe: Fix check for ixgbe_phy_x550em_ext_t reset
The generic PHY reset check we had previously is not sufficient for the
ixgbe_phy_x550em_ext_t PHY type.  Check 1.CC02.0 instead - same as
ixgbe_init_ext_t_x550().

Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-03 13:03:34 -08:00
Tony Nguyen
cb8e051446 ixgbe: Report driver version to firmware for x550 devices
Some x550 devices require the driver version reported to its firmware; this
patch sends the driver version string to the firmware through the host
interface command for x550 devices.

Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-03 13:03:34 -08:00
Emil Tantilov
1fe954b209 ixgbe: do not disable FEC from the driver
FEC is configured by the NVM and the driver should not be
overriding it.

Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2017-01-03 13:03:33 -08:00
Thomas Gleixner
a5a1d1c291 clocksource: Use a plain u64 instead of cycle_t
There is no point in having an extra type for extra confusion. u64 is
unambiguous.

Conversion was done with the following coccinelle script:

@rem@
@@
-typedef u64 cycle_t;

@fix@
typedef cycle_t;
@@
-cycle_t
+u64

Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
2016-12-25 11:04:12 +01:00
Linus Torvalds
7c0f6ba682 Replace <asm/uaccess.h> with <linux/uaccess.h> globally
This was entirely automated, using the script by Al:

  PATT='^[[:blank:]]*#[[:blank:]]*include[[:blank:]]*<asm/uaccess.h>'
  sed -i -e "s!$PATT!#include <linux/uaccess.h>!" \
        $(git grep -l "$PATT"|grep -v ^include/linux/uaccess.h)

to do the replacement at the end of the merge window.

Requested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-12-24 11:46:01 -08:00
Alexander Duyck
bd4171a5d4 igb: update code to better handle incrementing page count
Update the driver code so that we do bulk updates of the page reference
count instead of just incrementing it by one reference at a time.  The
advantage to doing this is that we cut down on atomic operations and
this in turn should give us a slight improvement in cycles per packet.
In addition if we eventually move this over to using build_skb the gains
will be more noticeable.

Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20161110113616.76501.17072.stgit@ahduyck-blue-test.jf.intel.com
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "James E.J. Bottomley" <jejb@parisc-linux.org>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@mellanox.com>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Hans-Christian Noren Egtvedt <egtvedt@samfundet.no>
Cc: Helge Deller <deller@gmx.de>
Cc: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Cc: Jonas Bonn <jonas@southpole.se>
Cc: Keguang Zhang <keguang.zhang@gmail.com>
Cc: Ley Foon Tan <lftan@altera.com>
Cc: Mark Salter <msalter@redhat.com>
Cc: Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com>
Cc: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Rich Felker <dalias@libc.org>
Cc: Richard Kuo <rkuo@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Cc: Steven Miao <realmz6@gmail.com>
Cc: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Cc: Vineet Gupta <vgupta@synopsys.com>
Cc: Yoshinori Sato <ysato@users.sourceforge.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-12-14 16:04:08 -08:00
Alexander Duyck
5be5955425 igb: update driver to make use of DMA_ATTR_SKIP_CPU_SYNC
The ARM architecture provides a mechanism for deferring cache line
invalidation in the case of map/unmap.  This patch makes use of this
mechanism to avoid unnecessary synchronization.

A secondary effect of this change is that the portion of the page that
has been synchronized for use by the CPU should be writable and could be
passed up the stack (at least on ARM).

The last bit that occurred to me is that on architectures where the
sync_for_cpu call invalidates cache lines we were prefetching and then
invalidating the first 128 bytes of the packet.  To avoid that I have
moved the sync up to before we perform the prefetch and allocate the
skbuff so that we can actually make use of it.

Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20161110113611.76501.98897.stgit@ahduyck-blue-test.jf.intel.com
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "James E.J. Bottomley" <jejb@parisc-linux.org>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@mellanox.com>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Hans-Christian Noren Egtvedt <egtvedt@samfundet.no>
Cc: Helge Deller <deller@gmx.de>
Cc: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Cc: Jonas Bonn <jonas@southpole.se>
Cc: Keguang Zhang <keguang.zhang@gmail.com>
Cc: Ley Foon Tan <lftan@altera.com>
Cc: Mark Salter <msalter@redhat.com>
Cc: Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com>
Cc: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Rich Felker <dalias@libc.org>
Cc: Richard Kuo <rkuo@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Cc: Steven Miao <realmz6@gmail.com>
Cc: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Cc: Vineet Gupta <vgupta@synopsys.com>
Cc: Yoshinori Sato <ysato@users.sourceforge.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-12-14 16:04:08 -08:00
Linus Torvalds
9465d9cc31 Merge branch 'timers-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip
Pull timer updates from Thomas Gleixner:
 "The time/timekeeping/timer folks deliver with this update:

   - Fix a reintroduced signed/unsigned issue and cleanup the whole
     signed/unsigned mess in the timekeeping core so this wont happen
     accidentaly again.

   - Add a new trace clock based on boot time

   - Prevent injection of random sleep times when PM tracing abuses the
     RTC for storage

   - Make posix timers configurable for real tiny systems

   - Add tracepoints for the alarm timer subsystem so timer based
     suspend wakeups can be instrumented

   - The usual pile of fixes and updates to core and drivers"

* 'timers-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (23 commits)
  timekeeping: Use mul_u64_u32_shr() instead of open coding it
  timekeeping: Get rid of pointless typecasts
  timekeeping: Make the conversion call chain consistently unsigned
  timekeeping_Force_unsigned_clocksource_to_nanoseconds_conversion
  alarmtimer: Add tracepoints for alarm timers
  trace: Update documentation for mono, mono_raw and boot clock
  trace: Add an option for boot clock as trace clock
  timekeeping: Add a fast and NMI safe boot clock
  timekeeping/clocksource_cyc2ns: Document intended range limitation
  timekeeping: Ignore the bogus sleep time if pm_trace is enabled
  selftests/timers: Fix spelling mistake "Asyncrhonous" -> "Asynchronous"
  clocksource/drivers/bcm2835_timer: Unmap region obtained by of_iomap
  clocksource/drivers/arm_arch_timer: Map frame with of_io_request_and_map()
  arm64: dts: rockchip: Arch counter doesn't tick in system suspend
  clocksource/drivers/arm_arch_timer: Don't assume clock runs in suspend
  posix-timers: Make them configurable
  posix_cpu_timers: Move the add_device_randomness() call to a proper place
  timer: Move sys_alarm from timer.c to itimer.c
  ptp_clock: Allow for it to be optional
  Kconfig: Regenerate *.c_shipped files after previous changes
  ...
2016-12-12 19:56:15 -08:00
WANG Cong
3111912971 e1000: use disable_hardirq() for e1000_netpoll()
In commit 02cea39586 ("genirq: Provide disable_hardirq()")
Peter introduced disable_hardirq() for netpoll, but it is forgotten
to use it for e1000.

This patch changes disable_irq() to disable_hardirq() for e1000.

Reported-by: Dave Jones <davej@codemonkey.org.uk>
Suggested-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-12-10 23:31:19 -05:00
Keller, Jacob E
0266ac4536 i40e: don't truncate match_method assignment
The .match_method field is a u8, so we shouldn't be casting to a u16,
and because it is only one byte, we do not need to byte swap anything.
Just assign the value directly. This avoids issues on Big Endian
architectures which would have byte swapped and then incorrectly
truncated the value.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Cc: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-12-10 23:31:19 -05:00
Jacob Keller
489a326507 i40e: move all updates for VLAN mode into i40e_sync_vsi_filters
In a similar fashion to how we handled exiting VLAN mode, move the logic
in i40e_vsi_add_vlan into i40e_sync_vsi_filters. Extract this logic into
its own function for ease of understanding as it will become quite
complex.

The new function, i40e_correct_mac_vlan_filters() correctly updates all
filters for when we need to enter VLAN mode, exit VLAN mode, and also
enforces the PVID when assigned.

Call i40e_correct_mac_vlan_filters from i40e_sync_vsi_filters passing it
the number of active VLAN filters, and the two temporary lists.

Remove the function for updating VLAN=0 filters from i40e_vsi_add_vlan.

The end result is that the logic for entering and exiting VLAN mode is
in one location which has the most knowledge about all filters. This
ensures that we always correctly have the non-VLAN filters assigned to
VID=0 or VID=-1 regardless of how we ended up getting to this result.

Additionally this enforces the PVID at sync time so that we know for
certain that an assigned PVID results in only filters with that PVID
will be added to the firmware.

Change-ID: I895cee81e9c92d0a16baee38bd0ca51bbb14e372
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-06 21:38:24 -08:00
Jacob Keller
9af52f60b2 i40e: use (add|rm)_vlan_all_mac helper functions when changing PVID
The current flow for adding or updating the PVID for a VF uses
i40e_vsi_add_vlan and i40e_vsi_kill_vlan which each take, then release
the hash lock. In addition the two functions also must take special care
that they do not perform VLAN mode changes as this will make the code in
i40e_ndo_set_vf_port_vlan behave incorrectly.

Fix these issues by using the new helper functions i40e_add_vlan_all_mac
and i40e_rm_vlan_all_mac which expect the hash lock to already be taken.
Additionally these functions do not perform any state updates in regards
to VLAN mode, so they are safe to use in the PVID update flow.

It should be noted that we don't need the VLAN mode update code here,
because there are only a few flows here.

(a) we're adding a new PVID
  In this case, if we already had VLAN filters the VSI is knocked
  offline so we don't need to worry about pre-existing VLAN filters

(b) we're replacing an existing PVID
  In this case, we can't have any VLAN filters except those with the old
  PVID which we already take care of manually.

(c) we're removing an existing PVID
  Similarly to above, we can't have any existing VLAN filters except
  those with the old PVID which we already take care of correctly.

Because of this, we do not need (or even want) the special accounting
done in i40e_vsi_add_vlan, so use of the helpers is a saner alternative.
It also opens the door for a future patch which will refactor the flow
of i40e_vsi_add_vlan now that it is not needed in this function.

Change-ID: Ia841f63da94e12b106f41cf7d28ce8ce92f2ad99
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-06 21:34:20 -08:00
Jacob Keller
490a4ad3a7 i40e: factor out addition/deletion of VLAN per each MAC address
A future refactor of how the PF assigns a PVID to a VF will want to be
able to add and remove a block of filters by VLAN without worrying about
accidentally triggering the accounting for I40E_VLAN_ANY. Additionally
the PVID assignment would like to be able to batch several changes under
one use of the mac_filter_hash_lock.

Factor out the addition and deletion of a VLAN on all MACs into their
own function which i40e_vsi_(add|kill)_vlan can use. These new functions
expect the caller to take the hash lock, as well as perform any
necessary accounting for updating I40E_VLAN_ANY filters if we are now
operating under VLAN mode.

Change-ID: If79e5b60b770433275350a74b3f1880333a185d5
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-06 21:28:22 -08:00
Jacob Keller
756970255a i40e: delete filter after adding its replacement when converting
Fix a subtle issue with the code for converting VID=-1 filters into VID=0
filters when adding a new VLAN. Previously the code deleted the VID=-1
filter, and then added a new VID=0 filter. In the rare case that the
addition fails due to -ENOMEM, we end up completely deleting the filter
which prevents recovery if memory pressure subsides. While it is not
strictly an issue because it is likely that memory issues would result
in many other problems, we shouldn't delete the filter until after the
addition succeeds.

Change-ID: Icba07ddd04ecc6a3b27c2e29f2c1c8673d266826
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-06 21:25:19 -08:00
Jacob Keller
ac9e239014 i40e: refactor i40e_update_filter_state to avoid passing aq_err
The current caller of i40e_update_filter_state incorrectly passes
aq_ret, an i40e_status variable, instead of the expected aq_err. This
happens to work because i40e_status is actually just a typedef integer,
and 0 is still the successful return. However i40e_update_filter_state
has special handling for ENOSPC which is currently being ignored.

Also notice that firmware does not update the per-filter response for
many types of errors, such as EINVAL. Thus, modify the filter setup so
that the firmware response memory is pre-set with I40E_AQC_MM_ERR_NO_RES.

This enables us to refactor i40e_update_filter_state, removing the need
to pass aq_err and avoiding a need for having 3 different flows for
checking the filter state.

The resulting code for i40e_update_filter_state is much simpler, only
a single loop and we always check each filter response value every time.
Since we pre-set the response value to match our expected error this
correctly works for all success and error flows.

Change-ID: Ie292c9511f34ee18c6ef40f955ad13e28b7aea7d
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-06 21:24:01 -08:00
Jacob Keller
38326218ac i40e: recalculate vsi->active_filters from hash contents
Previous code refactors have accidentally caused issues with the
counting of active_filters. Avoid similar issues in the future by simply
re-counting the active filters every time after we handle add and delete
of all the filters. Additionally this allows us to simplify the check
for when we exit promiscuous mode since we can combine the check for
failed filters at the same time.

Additionally since we recount filters at the end we need to set
vsi->promisc_threshold as well.

The resulting code takes a bit longer since we do have to loop over
filters again. However, the result is more readable and less likely to
become incorrect due to failed accounting of filters in the future.
Finally, this ensures that it is not possible for vsi->active_filters to
ever underflow since we never decrement it.

Change-ID: Ib4f3a377e60eb1fa6c91ea86cc02238c08edd102
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-06 21:22:19 -08:00
Jacob Keller
1e28e861c0 i40e: defeature support for PTP L4 frame detection on XL710
A product decision has been made to defeature detection of PTP frames
over L4 (UDP) on the XL710 MAC. Do not advertise support for L4
timestamping.

Change-ID: I41fbb0f84ebb27c43e23098c08156f2625c6ee06
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-06 21:17:37 -08:00
Mitch Williams
9108903383 i40e: lock service task correctly
The service task lock was being set in the scheduling function, not the
actual service task. This would potentially leave the bit set for a long
time before the task actually ran. Furthermore, if the service task
takes too long, it calls the schedule function to reschedule itself -
which would fail to take the lock and do nothing.

Instead, set and clear the lock bit in the service task itself. In the
process, get rid of the i40e_service_event_complete() function, which is
really just two lines of code that can be put right in the service task
itself.

Change-ID: I83155e682b686121e2897f4429eb7d3f7c669168
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-06 21:10:53 -08:00
Michal Kosiarz
f62ba91458 i40e: Add functions which apply correct PHY access method for read and write operation
Depending on external PHY type, register access method should be
different. Clause22 or Clause45 can be chosen for different PHYs.
Implemented functions apply correct access method for used device.

Change-ID: If39d5f0da9c0b905a8cbdc1ab89885535e7d0426
Signed-off-by: Michal Kosiarz <michal.kosiarz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-06 21:09:39 -08:00
Carolyn Wyborny
60f000a4d8 i40e: Add FEC for 25g
This patch adds adminq support for Forward Error
Correction ("FEC")for 25g products.

Change-ID: Iaff4910737c239d2c730e5c22a313ce9c37d3964
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacek Naczyk <jacek.naczyk@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-06 21:01:43 -08:00
Carolyn Wyborny
3123237af5 i40e: Add support for 25G devices
Add support for 25G devices - defines and data structures.

One tricky part here is that the firmware support for these
Devices introduces a mismatch between the PHY type enum and
the bitfields for the phy types.

This change creates a macro and uses it to increment the 25G
PHY values when creating 25G bitfields.

Change-ID: I69b24d837d44cf9220bf5cb8dd46c5be89ce490b
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-06 20:59:43 -08:00
Jacob Keller
5951cf9495 i40e: use unsigned printf format specifier for active_filters count
Replace the %d specifier used for printing vsi->active_filters and
vsi->promisc_threshold with an unsigned %u format specifier. While it is
unlikely in practice that these values will ever reach such a large
number they are unsigned values and thus should not be interpreted as
negative numbers.

Change-ID: Iff050fad5a1c8537c4c57fcd527441cd95cfc0d4
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-06 20:57:18 -08:00
Bimmy Pujari
360238693d Changed version from 1.6.21 to 1.6.25
Signed-off-by: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-06 20:50:52 -08:00
Henry Tieman
4f9b430754 i40e: Blink LED on 1G BaseT boards
Before this patch "ethtool -p" was not blinking the LEDs on boards
with 1G BaseT PHYs.

This commit identifies 1G BaseT boards as having the LEDs connected
to the MAC. Also, renamed the flag to be more descriptive of usage.
The flag is now I40E_FLAG_PHY_CONTROLS_LEDS.

Change-ID: I4eb741da9780da7849ddf2dc4c0cb27ffa42a801
Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-06 20:49:29 -08:00
Jacob Keller
3c7cbd45bc i40e: remove code to handle dev_addr specially
The netdev->dev_addr MAC filter already exists in the
MAC/VLAN hash table, as it is added when we configure
the netdev in i40e_configure_netdev. Because we already
know that this address will be updated in the
hash_for_each loops, we do not need to handle it
specially. This removes duplicate code and simplifies
the i40e_vsi_add_vlan and i40e_vsi_kill_vlan functions.
Because we know these filters must be part of the
MAC/VLAN hash table, this should not have any functional
impact on what filters are included and is merely a code
simplification.

Change-ID: I5e648302dbdd7cc29efc6d203b7019c11f0b5705
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-06 20:47:59 -08:00
Alexander Duyck
6beb84a73e i40e/i40evf: napi_poll must return the work done
Currently the function i40e_napi-poll() returns 0 when it clean completely
the Rx rings, but this foul budget accounting in core code.

Fix this by returning the actual work done, capped to budget - 1, since
the core doesn't allow to return the full budget when the driver modifies
the NAPI status

This is based on a similar change that was made for the ixgbe driver by
Paolo Abeni.

Change-ID: Ic3d93ad2fa2fc8ce3164bc461e69367da0f9173b
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-06 20:46:13 -08:00
Jacob Keller
1596b5ddbf i40e: restore workaround for removing default MAC filter
A previous commit 53cb6e9e89 ("i40e: Removal of workaround for simple
MAC address filter deletion") removed a workaround for some
firmware versions which was reported to not be necessary in production
NICs. Unfortunately this workaround is necessary in some configurations,
specifically the Ethernet Controller XL710 for 40GbE QSFP+ (8086:1583).

Without this patch, the mentioned NICs with current firmware exhibit
issues when adding VLANs, as outlined by the following reproduction:

  $modprobe i40e
  $ip link set <device> up
  $ip link add link <device> vlan100 type vlan id 100
  $dmesg | tail
  <snip>
  kernel: i40e 0000:82:00.0: Error I40E_AQ_RC_EINVAL adding RX
filters on PF, promiscuous mode forced on

This results in filters being marked as FAILED and setting the device in
promiscuous mode.

The root cause of receiving the -EINVAL error response appears to be due
to a conflict with the default MAC filter which still exists on the
default firmware for this device. Attempting to add a new VLAN filter on
the default MAC address conflicts with the IGNORE_VLAN setting on the
default rule.

Change-ID: I4d8f6d48ac5f60cfe981b3baad30eb4d7c170d61
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-06 20:43:44 -08:00
Mitch Williams
4293d5f528 i40e: simplify txd use count calculation
The i40e_txd_use_count function was fast but confusing. In the comments,
it even admits that it's ugly. So replace it with a new function that is
(very) slightly faster and has extensive commenting to help the thicker
among us (including the author, who will forget in a week) understand
how it works.

Change-ID: Ifb533f13786a0bf39cb29f77969a5be2c83d9a87
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-06 20:40:50 -08:00
Filip Sadowski
7ec9ba11b0 i40e: Driver prints log message on link speed change
This patch makes the driver log link speed change. Before applying the
patch link messages were printed only on state change. Now message is
printed when link is brought up or down and when speed changes.

Change-ID: Ifbee14b4b16c24967450b3cecac6e8351dcc8f74
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-06 20:25:13 -08:00
David S. Miller
db7e9f7c56 Merge branch '40GbE' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jkirsher/next-queue
Jeff Kirsher says:

====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-12-02

This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.

Alex provides changes so that we are much more robust about defining what
we can and cannot offload in i40e and i40evf by doing additional checks
other than L4 tunnel header length.

Jake provides several fixes/changes, first cleaning up a label that is
unnecessary, as well as cleaned up the use of a "magic number".  Clarified
the code by separating the global private flags and the regular private
flags per interface into two arrays, so that future additions will not
produce duplication and buggy code.  Adds additional checks to protect
against NULL values for msix_entries and q_vectors pointers.

Michal adds Clause22 method for accessing registers for some external
PHYs.

Piotr adds additional protocol support for the admin queue discover
capabilities function.

Tushar Dave fixes a panic seen on SPARC, where writel() should not be
used to write directly to a memory address but only to a memory mapped
I/O address otherwise it causes data access exceptions.

Joe Perches separates out a section of code into its own function, to
help reduce i40evf_reset_task() a bit.

Alan fixes an issue by checking for NULL before dereferencing msix_entries
and returning early in the case where it is NULL within the i40evf_close()
code path.

Henry provides code cleanup to remove unreachable and redundant sections
of code.  Fixed up an issue where new NICs were not identifying "unknown
PHYs" correctly.

Harshitha fixes a issue where the ethtool "Supported Link" modes list
backplane interfaces on X722 devices for 10 GbE with SFP+ and Cortina
retimer, where these interfaces should not be visible to the user since
they cannot use them.

Carolyn changes an X722 informational message so that it only appears
when extra messages are desired.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-12-03 19:10:48 -05:00
David S. Miller
2745529ac7 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Couple conflicts resolved here:

1) In the MACB driver, a bug fix to properly initialize the
   RX tail pointer properly overlapped with some changes
   to support variable sized rings.

2) In XGBE we had a "CONFIG_PM" --> "CONFIG_PM_SLEEP" fix
   overlapping with a reorganization of the driver to support
   ACPI, OF, as well as PCI variants of the chip.

3) In 'net' we had several probe error path bug fixes to the
   stmmac driver, meanwhile a lot of this code was cleaned up
   and reorganized in 'net-next'.

4) The cls_flower classifier obtained a helper function in
   'net-next' called __fl_delete() and this overlapped with
   Daniel Borkamann's bug fix to use RCU for object destruction
   in 'net'.  It also overlapped with Jiri's change to guard
   the rhashtable_remove_fast() call with a check against
   tc_skip_sw().

5) In mlx4, a revert bug fix in 'net' overlapped with some
   unrelated changes in 'net-next'.

6) In geneve, a stale header pointer after pskb_expand_head()
   bug fix in 'net' overlapped with a large reorganization of
   the same code in 'net-next'.  Since the 'net-next' code no
   longer had the bug in question, there was nothing to do
   other than to simply take the 'net-next' hunks.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-12-03 12:29:53 -05:00
Carolyn Wyborny
23bb6dc364 i40e: change message to only appear when extra debug info is wanted
This patch changes an X722 informational message so that it only
appears when extra messages are desired.  Without this patch,
on X722 devices, this message appears at load, potentially causing
unnecessary alarm.

Change-ID: I94f7aae15dc5b2723cc9728c630c72538a3e670e
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-02 23:37:53 -08:00
Jacob Keller
e5d3220555 i40e/i40evf: replace for memcpy with single memcpy call in ethtool
memcpy replaced with single memcpy call in ethtool.

Change-ID: I3f5bef6bcc593412c56592c6459784db41575a0a
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-02 23:35:47 -08:00
Jacob Keller
435c084aad i40e: set broadcast promiscuous mode for each active VLAN
A previous workaround added to ensure receipt of all broadcast frames
incorrectly set the broadcast promiscuous mode unconditionally
regardless of active VLAN status.

Replace this partial workaround with a complete solution that sets the
broadcast promiscuous filters in i40e_sync_vsi_filters. This new method
sets the promiscuous mode based on when broadcast filters are added or
removed.

I40E_VLAN_ANY will request a broadcast filter for all VLANs, (as we're
in untagged mode) while a broadcast filter on a specific VLAN will only
request broadcast for that VLAN.

Thus, we restore addition of broadcast filter to the array, but we add
special handling for these such that they enable the broadcast
promiscuous mode instead of being sent as regular filters.

The end result is that we will correctly receive all broadcast packets
(even those with a *source* address equal to the broadcast address) but
will not receive packets for which we don't have an active VLAN filter.

Change-ID: I7d0585c5cec1a5bf55bf533b42e5e817d5db6a2d
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-02 23:32:37 -08:00
Harshitha Ramamurthy
4ad9f4f9e2 i40e: Fix for ethtool Supported link modes
This patch fixes the problem where the ethtool Supported link
modes list backplane interfaces on X722 devices for 10GbE with
SFP+ and Cortina retimer. This patch fixes the problem by setting
and using a flag for this particular device since the backplane
interface is only between the internal PHY and the retimer and it
should not be seen by the user as they cannot use it.
Without this patch, the user wrongly thinks that backplane interfaces
are supported on their device when they actually are not.

Change-ID: I3882bc2928431d48a2db03a51a713a1f681a79e9
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-02 23:22:07 -08:00
Jacob Keller
ef4603e82f i40evf: protect against NULL msix_entries and q_vectors pointers
Update the functions which free msix_entries and q_vectors so that they
are safe against NULL values. This allows calling code to not care
whether these have already been freed when disabling and freeing them.

Change-ID: I31bfd1c0da18023d971b618edc6fb049721f3298
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-02 23:19:36 -08:00
Henry Tieman
e586bb66b5 i40e: Pass unknown PHY type for unknown PHYs
The PHY type value for unrecognized PHYs and cables was changed
based on firmware version number. Newer hardware use lower firmware
version numbers and this was causing some PHYs to be identified
as type 0x16 instead of 0xe (unknown).

Without this patch, newer card will incorrectly identify unknown
PHYs and cables.

This change adds hardware type to the check for firmware version
so the PHY type is reported correctly.

Change-ID: I0723cbfd263c76fc73ff1a5275d1639051376c9a
Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-02 23:15:49 -08:00
Henry Tieman
27e5f25b91 i40e: Remove unreachable code
The code at the end of i40e_read_phy_register_clause22() contained
unreachable code and redundant control statements.

This change removes the unreachable code. And deletes the redundant
goto statement and if statement.

Change-ID: I713032b1585396f40f903cbcfdea987abd874400
Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-02 23:13:33 -08:00
Alan Brady
47d2a5d827 i40evf: check for msix_entries null dereference
It is possible for msix_entries to be freed by a previous suspend/remove
before a VF is closed.  This patch fixes the issue by checking for NULL
before dereferencing msix_entries and returning early in the case where
it is NULL within the i40evf_close code path.  Without this patch it is
possible to trigger a kernel panic through NULL dereference.

Change-ID: I92a2746e82533a889e25f91578eac9abd0388ae2
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-02 23:10:41 -08:00
Joe Perches
dedecb6d42 i40evf: Move some i40evf_reset_task code to separate function
The i40evf_reset_task function is a couple hundred lines and it has
a separable block that disables VF.  Move that block to a new
i40evf_disable_vf function to shorten i40evf_reset_task a bit.

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-02 23:08:48 -08:00
Tushar Dave
2f7679ee2e i40e: fix panic on SPARC while changing num of desc
On SPARC, writel() should not be used to write directly to memory
address but only to memory mapped I/O address otherwise it causes
data access exception.

Commit 147e81ec75 ("i40e: Test memory before ethtool alloc
succeeds") introduced a code that uses memory address to fake the HW
tail address and attempt to write to that address using writel()
causes kernel panic on SPARC. The issue is reproduced while changing
number of descriptors using ethtool.

This change resolves the panic by using HW read-only memory mapped
I/O register to fake HW tail address instead memory address.

e.g.
> ethtool -G eth2 tx 2048 rx 2048
i40e 0000:03:00.2 eth2: Changing Tx descriptor count from 512 to 2048.
i40e 0000:03:00.2 eth2: Changing Rx descriptor count from 512 to 2048
sun4v_data_access_exception: ADDR[fff8001f9734a000] CTX[0000]
TYPE[0004], going.
              \|/ ____ \|/
              "@'/ .. \`@"
              /_| \__/ |_\
                 \__U_/
ethtool(3273): Dax [#1]
CPU: 9 PID: 3273 Comm: ethtool Tainted: G            E
4.8.0-linux-net_temp+ #7
task: fff8001f96d7a660 task.stack: fff8001f97348000
TSTATE: 0000009911001601 TPC: 00000000103189e4 TNPC: 00000000103189e8 Y:
00000000    Tainted: G            E
TPC: <i40e_alloc_rx_buffers+0x124/0x260 [i40e]>
g0: fff8001f4eb64000 g1: 00000000000007ff g2: fff8001f9734b92c g3:
00203e0000000000
g4: fff8001f96d7a660 g5: fff8001fa6704000 g6: fff8001f97348000 g7:
0000000000000001
o0: 0006000046706928 o1: 00000000db3e2000 o2: fff8001f00000000 o3:
0000000000002000
o4: 0000000000002000 o5: 0000000000000001 sp: fff8001f9734afc1 ret_pc:
0000000010318a64
RPC: <i40e_alloc_rx_buffers+0x1a4/0x260 [i40e]>
l0: fff8001f4e8bffe0 l1: fff8001f4e8cffe0 l2: 00000000000007ff l3:
00000000ff000000
l4: 0000000000ff0000 l5: 000000000000ff00 l6: 0000000000cda6a8 l7:
0000000000e822f0
i0: fff8001f96380000 i1: 0000000000000000 i2: 00203edb00000000 i3:
0006000046706928
i4: 0000000002086320 i5: 0000000000e82370 i6: fff8001f9734b071 i7:
00000000103062d4
I7: <i40e_set_ringparam+0x3b4/0x540 [i40e]>
Call Trace:
 [00000000103062d4] i40e_set_ringparam+0x3b4/0x540 [i40e]
 [000000000094e2f8] dev_ethtool+0x898/0xbe0
 [0000000000965570] dev_ioctl+0x250/0x300
 [0000000000923800] sock_do_ioctl+0x40/0x60
 [000000000092427c] sock_ioctl+0x7c/0x280
 [00000000005ef040] vfs_ioctl+0x20/0x60
 [00000000005ef5d4] do_vfs_ioctl+0x194/0x4c0
 [00000000005ef974] SyS_ioctl+0x74/0xa0
 [0000000000406214] linux_sparc_syscall+0x34/0x44
Disabling lock debugging due to kernel taint
Caller[00000000103062d4]: i40e_set_ringparam+0x3b4/0x540 [i40e]
Caller[000000000094e2f8]: dev_ethtool+0x898/0xbe0
Caller[0000000000965570]: dev_ioctl+0x250/0x300
Caller[0000000000923800]: sock_do_ioctl+0x40/0x60
Caller[000000000092427c]: sock_ioctl+0x7c/0x280
Caller[00000000005ef040]: vfs_ioctl+0x20/0x60
Caller[00000000005ef5d4]: do_vfs_ioctl+0x194/0x4c0
Caller[00000000005ef974]: SyS_ioctl+0x74/0xa0
Caller[0000000000406214]: linux_sparc_syscall+0x34/0x44
Caller[0000000000107154]: 0x107154
Instruction DUMP: e43620c8
 e436204a  c45e2038
<c2a083a0> 82102000
 81cfe008  90086001
 82102000  81cfe008

Kernel panic - not syncing: Fatal exception

Signed-off-by: Tushar Dave <tushar.n.dave@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-02 23:06:40 -08:00
Piotr Raczynski
64f5ead95a i40e: Add protocols over MCTP to i40e_aq_discover_capabilities
Add logical_id to I40E_AQ_CAP_ID_MNG_MODE capability starting from major
version 2.

Change-ID: Idb29214b172ea5c70cbd45a99e6745c0215af7e4
Signed-off-by: Piotr Raczynski <piotr.raczynski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-02 22:59:04 -08:00
Jacob Keller
0b7c8b5d54 i40e: fix trivial typo in naming of i40e_sync_filters_subtask
A comment incorrectly referred to i40e_vsi_sync_filters_subtask which
does not actually exist. Reference the correct function instead.

Change-ID: I6bd805c605741ffb6fe34377259bb0d597edfafd
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-02 22:56:29 -08:00
Michal Kosiarz
91dc1e5d3d i40e: Add Clause22 implementation
Some external PHYs require Clause22 method for accessing registers.
This patch also adds some defines to support blink led on devices using
10CBaseT PHY.

Change-ID: I868a4326911900f6c89e7e522fda4968b0825f14
Signed-off-by: Michal Kosiarz <michal.kosiarz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Jared <matthew.a.jared@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-02 22:49:39 -08:00
Jacob Keller
d182a5ca1f i40e: avoid duplicate private flags definitions
Separate the global private flags and the regular private flags per
interface into two arrays. Future additions of private flags will not
need to be duplicated which may lead to buggy code. Also rename
"i40e_priv_flags_strings_gl" to "i40e_gl_priv_flags_strings" for
clarity, as it reads more naturally.

Change-ID: I68caef3c9954eb7da342d7f9d20f2873186f2758
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-02 22:40:58 -08:00
Jacob Keller
6a112785fd i40e: remove second check of VLAN_N_VID in i40e_vlan_rx_add_vid
Replace a check of magic number 4095 with VLAN_N_VID. This
makes it obvious that a later check against VLAN_N_VID is
always true and can be removed.

Change-ID: I28998f127a61a529480ce63d8a07e266f6c63b7b
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-02 22:38:47 -08:00
Jacob Keller
7429c0bd01 i40e: remove error_param_int label from i40e_vc_config_promiscuous_mode_msg
This label is unnecessary, as are jumping to a block that checks aq_ret
and then immediately skipping it and returning. So just jump straight to
the error_param and remove this unnecessary label.

Also use goto error_param even in the last check for style consistency.

Change-ID: If487c7d10c4048e37c594e5eca167693aaed45f6
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-02 22:30:44 -08:00
Alexander Duyck
06fc016c43 i40evf: Be much more verbose about what we can and cannot offload
This change makes it so that we are much more robust about defining what we
can and cannot offload.  Previously we were performing no checks.  This
should bring us up to parity with the i40e PF driver.

In addition the device only supports GSO as long as the MSS is 64 or
greater.  We were not checking this so an MSS less than that was resulting
in Tx hangs.

Change-ID: If533553ec92fc6ba694eab6ac81fdaf3004f3592
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-12-02 22:20:48 -08:00
Alexander Duyck
f114dca253 i40e: Be much more verbose about what we can and cannot offload
This change makes it so that we are much more robust about defining what we
can and cannot offload.  Previously we were just checking for the L4 tunnel
header length, however there are other fields we should be verifying as
there are multiple scenarios in which we cannot perform hardware offloads.

In addition the device only supports GSO as long as the MSS is 64 or
greater.  We were not checking this so an MSS less than that was resulting
in Tx hangs.

Change-ID: I5e2fd5f3075c73601b4b36327b771c64fcb6c31b
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
2016-12-02 22:19:03 -08:00
Alexander Duyck
c54cdc316d ixgbe/ixgbevf: Don't use lco_csum to compute IPv4 checksum
In the case of IPIP and SIT tunnel frames the outer transport header
offset is actually set to the same offset as the inner transport header.
This results in the lco_csum call not doing any checksum computation over
the inner IPv4/v6 header data.

In order to account for that I am updating the code so that we determine
the location to start the checksum ourselves based on the location of the
IPv4 header and the length.

Fixes: b83e30104b ("ixgbe/ixgbevf: Add support for GSO partial")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-12-01 15:41:36 -05:00
Alexander Duyck
516165a1e2 igb/igbvf: Don't use lco_csum to compute IPv4 checksum
In the case of IPIP and SIT tunnel frames the outer transport header
offset is actually set to the same offset as the inner transport header.
This results in the lco_csum call not doing any checksum computation over
the inner IPv4/v6 header data.

In order to account for that I am updating the code so that we determine
the location to start the checksum ourselves based on the location of the
IPv4 header and the length.

Fixes: e10715d3e9 ("igb/igbvf: Add support for GSO partial")
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-12-01 15:41:35 -05:00
Nicolas Pitre
d1cbfd771c ptp_clock: Allow for it to be optional
In order to break the hard dependency between the PTP clock subsystem and
ethernet drivers capable of being clock providers, this patch provides
simple PTP stub functions to allow linkage of those drivers into the
kernel even when the PTP subsystem is configured out. Drivers must be
ready to accept NULL from ptp_clock_register() in that case.

And to make it possible for PTP to be configured out, the select statement
in those driver's Kconfig menu entries is converted to the new "imply"
statement. This way the PTP subsystem may have Kconfig dependencies of
its own, such as POSIX_TIMERS, without having to make those ethernet
drivers unavailable if POSIX timers are cconfigured out. And when support
for POSIX timers is selected again then the default config option for PTP
clock support will automatically be adjusted accordingly.

The pch_gbe driver is a bit special as it relies on extra code in
drivers/ptp/ptp_pch.c. Therefore we let the make process descend into
drivers/ptp/ even if PTP_1588_CLOCK is unselected.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Cc: Paul Bolle <pebolle@tiscali.nl>
Cc: linux-kbuild@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Michal Marek <mmarek@suse.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1478841010-28605-4-git-send-email-nicolas.pitre@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
2016-11-16 09:26:34 +01:00
Richard Cochran
c79e975e1f ptp: igb: Use the high resolution frequency method.
The 82580 and related devices offer a frequency resolution of about
0.029 ppb.  This patch lets users of the device benefit from the
increased frequency resolution when tuning the clock.

Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-09 21:19:53 -05:00
Mark Rustad
eeffceee42 ixgbevf: Handle previously-freed msix_entries
The msix_entries memory can be freed by a previous suspend or
remove, so don't crash on close when it isn't there. Also only
clear the interrupts when the interface is up, because there
aren't any when it is not up.

Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:38:10 -07:00
Sowmini Varadhan
9f3c7504fa ixgbe: ixgbe_atr() compute l4_proto only if non-paged data has network/transport headers
For some Tx paths (e.g., tpacket_snd()), ixgbe_atr may be
passed down an sk_buff that has the network and transport
header in the paged data, so it needs to make sure these
headers are available in the headlen bytes to calculate the
l4_proto.

This patch expect that network and transport headers are
already available in the non-paged header dat.  The assumption
is that the caller has set this up if l4_proto based Tx
steering is desired.

Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:36:45 -07:00
Sowmini Varadhan
520288218c ixgbe: ixgbe_atr() should access udp_hdr(skb) only for UDP packets
Commit 9f12df906c ("ixgbe: Store VXLAN port number in network order")
incorrectly checks for hdr.ipv4->protocol != IPPROTO_UDP
in ixgbe_atr(). This check should be for "==" instead.

Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:34:49 -07:00
Don Skidmore
5f1c3589b0 ixgbe: Correct X550 phy ID
We were using an old Alpha version of the X550 phy ID.  This was leading
to unnecessary queries of the PHY.  I removed the old ID (which shouldn't
be on any HW) and add the two that are.

Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:29:15 -07:00
Don Skidmore
470739b563 ixgbe: Add X553 FW ALEF support
This patch add X553 FW ALEF support for B0.  ALEF is the new unified
FW.  This contains updated register defines for ALEF speed
configuration.  Likewise it also removes the AN_CNTL_8 usage from
the native SFI flow as it is no longer supported by FW.

Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:27:05 -07:00
Emil Tantilov
55570b6f5e ixgbe: set device if before calling get_invariants
Fix an issue where set_phy_power was NULL for X550 copper devices
because get_invariants was called before hw->device_id was set.

Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:24:46 -07:00
Emil Tantilov
b71f6c40bb ixgbe: use link instead of I2C combined abstraction
Introduce ixgbe_link_operations struct with the following changes:

	read_i2c_combined		=> read_link
	read_i2c_combined_unlocked	=> read_link_unlocked
	write_i2c_combined		=> write_link
	write_i2c_combined_unlocked	=> write_link_unlocked

This will allow X550EM_a to override these methods for MDIO access
while X550EM_x provides methods to use I2C combined access. This
also adds a new structure, ixgbe_link_info, to hold information
about the link. Initially this is just method pointers and a bus
address.

The functions involved in combined I2C accesses were moved from
ixgbe_phy.c to ixgbe_x550.c. The underlying functions that carry
out the combined I2C accesses were left in ixgbe_phy.c because
they share some functions with other I2C methods.

v2 - set hw->link.ops in probe.
v3 - check ii->link_ops before setting it since we don't have it
for all devices.

Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:22:06 -07:00
Emil Tantilov
812d7dff10 ixgbe: remove SFP ixfi support
Remove SFP ixfi code since there is no HW that currently supports it.

Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:18:28 -07:00
Mark Rustad
1fa7125277 ixgbe: Handle previously-freed msix_entries
The msix_entries memory can be freed by a previous suspend or
remove, so don't crash on close when it isn't there.

Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:16:50 -07:00
Don Skidmore
2916500db3 ixgbe: Add X553 PHY FC autoneg support
This patch adds X553 flow control auto negotiation for fiber and
backplain.  To enable this new function pointers were added as well
as creating a function to dynamically set function pointer we can't
define only on MAC type.

Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:15:32 -07:00
Emil Tantilov
21d882eb3a ixgbe: fix link status check for copper X550em
Read the PHY register twice in order to get the correct value for
autoneg_status.

Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:13:50 -07:00
Emil Tantilov
4dc4000b35 ixgbe: do not use ixgbe specific mdio defines
Replace some ixgbe specific MDIO defines with their equivalent
from the kernel.

Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:11:59 -07:00
Don Skidmore
d2e455a888 ixgbe: Update setup PHY link to unset all speeds
This patch updates ixgbe_setup_phy_link_generic to set/unset
auto-negotiation for all speeds. This ensures that unsupported
speeds are unset. This is necessary since the PHY NVM may
advertise unsupported speeds.

Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:04:58 -07:00
Don Skidmore
805cedd663 ixgbe: Add support to retrieve and store LED link active
This patch adds support to get the LED link active via the LEDCTL
register.  If the LEDCTL register does not have LED link active
(LED mode field = 0x0100) set then default LED link active returned.

Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:03:46 -07:00
Don Skidmore
0c1b7de4f3 ixgbe: Add X552 iXFI configuration helper function
X553 doesn't need all the initialization that X552 did for iXFI. This
patch will allow native SPI SFP+ to work with X553 devices.  Future
patches will add additional configuration as needed.

Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-11-04 17:00:14 -07:00
Filip Sadowski
3aa7b74dbe i40e: removed unreachable code
Removed some of unnecessary if statements and unreachable code found by
static code analysis tool.
The return value of i40e_vsi_control_rings(..., false) is always 0. So,
test for non-zero will never be true. The function has been split into
"int i40e_vsi_start_rings()" and "void i40e_vsi_stop_rings()" for better
understanding.
Similarly, the function i40e_vsi_kill_vlan() never fails. So, checking
for return value is also unnecessary. Function definition changed to void.
The i40e_loopback_test() function is not implemented. The function and
all references to loopback testing were removed.

Change-ID: Id45cf66f6689ce2bc4e887de13f073e30e8431bd
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Maciej Sosin
81fa7c97be i40e: Implementation of ERROR state for NVM update state machine
This patch adds I40E_NVMUPD_STATE_ERROR state for NVM update.
Without this patch driver has no possibility to return NVM image write
failure.This state is being set when ARQ rises error.
arq_last_status is also updated every time when ARQ event comes,
not only on error cases.

Change-ID: I67ce43ba22a240773c2821b436e96054db0b7c81
Signed-off-by: Maciej Sosin <maciej.sosin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Michal Kosiarz
999b315d39 i40e: Fix for division by zero
For some cases when reading from device are incorrect or image is
incorrect, this part of code causes crash due to division by zero.

Change-ID: I8961029a7a87b0a479995823ef8fcbf6471405e1
Signed-off-by: Michal Kosiarz <michal.kosiarz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Mitch Williams
13fd3f9cc3 i40e: clear mac filter count on reset
When a VF is reset, it gets a new VSI, so all of its MAC filters go
away. Correctly set the number of filters to 0 when freeing VF
resources. This corrects a problem with failure to add filters when the
VF driver is reloaded.

Change-ID: I2acbecf734287b67473bb225293e14b5096acbef
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
1dc8b53879 i40e: Reorder logic for coalescing RS bits
This patch reorders the logic at the end of i40e_tx_map to address the
fact that the logic was rather convoluted and much larger than it needed
to be.

In order to try and coalesce the code paths I have updated some of the
comments and repurposed some of the variables in order to reduce
unnecessary overhead.

This patch does the following:
1.  Quit tracking skb->xmit_more with a flag, just max out packet_stride
2.  Drop tail_bump and do_rs and instead just use desc_count and td_cmd
3.  Pull comments from ixgbe that make need for wmb() more explicit.

Change-ID: Ic7da85ec75043c634e87fef958109789bcc6317c
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
4b8164467b i40e: Add common function for finding VSI by type
This patch adds a common method for finding a VSI by type.  The main
motivation for doing this is that the Flow Director path actually had two
ways of handling this, one stopped on first match and one did not.  This
patch makes it so that all callers of this function will get the same
approach for finding a VSI.

Change-ID: Ibf25de8acd8466582520694424aa87da66965fbd
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
7d3f04af69 i40evf: avoid an extra msleep while
Remove the second call to msleep outside the loop, and move the msleep
within the loop as the first step. This guarantees that a single loop
will wait the minimum time first, and then after the reset finishes we
no longer need an extra msleep.

Change-ID: Ib2086f0a142402b614f67846bc091754203a0b9a
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
124905012d i40e: replace PTP Rx timestamp hang logic
The current Rx timestamp hang logic is not very robust because it does
not notice a register is hung until all four timestamps have been
latched and we wait a full 5 seconds. Replace this logic with a newer Rx
hang detection based on storing the jiffies when we first notice
a receive timestamp event. We store each register's time separately,
along with a flag indicating if it is currently latched. Upon first
transitioning to latch, we will update the latch_events[i] jiffies
value. This indicates the time we first noticed this event. The watchdog
routine will simply check that the either the flag has been cleared, or
we have passed at least one second. In this case, it is able to clear
the Rx timestamp register under the assumption that it was for a dropped
frame. The benefit if this strategy is that we should be able to
detect and clear out stalled RXTIME_H registers before we exhaust the
supply of 4, and avoid complete stall of Rx timestamp events.

Change-ID: Id55458c0cd7a5dd0c951ff2b8ac0b2509364131f
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
195512629c i40e: use a mutex instead of spinlock in PTP user entry points
We need a locking mechanism to protect the hardware SYSTIME register
which is split over 2 values, and has internal hardware latching. We
can't allow multiple accesses at the same time. However....

The spinlock_t is overkill here, especially use of spin_lock_irqsave,
since every PTP access will halt hardirqs. Notice that the only places
which need the SYSTIME value are user context and are capable of sleeping.
Thus, it is safe to use a mutex here instead of the spinlock.

Change-ID: I971761a89b58c6aad953590162e85a327fbba232
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
144ed17630 i40e: correct check for reading TSYNINDX from the receive descriptor
When hardware has taken a timestamp for a received packet, it indicates
which RXTIME register the timestamp was placed in by some bits in the
receive descriptor. It uses 3 bits, one to indicate if the descriptor
index is valid (ie: there was a timestamp) and 2 bits to indicate which
of the 4 registers to read. However, the driver currently does not check
the TSYNVALID bit and only checks the index. It assumes a zero index
means no timestamp, and a non zero index means a timestamp occurred.
While this appears to be true, it prevents ever reading a timestamp in
RXTIME[0], and causes the first timestamp the device captures to be
ignored.

Fix this by using the TSYNVALID bit correctly as the true indicator of
whether the packet has an associated timestamp.

Also rename the variable rsyn to tsyn as this is more descriptive and
matches the register names.

Change-ID: I4437e8f3a3df2c2ddb458b0fb61420f3dafc4c12
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
0093631966 i40e: remove duplicate add/delete adminq command code for filters
We duplicate some code around adding and deleting filters using the
adminq interface. This is prone to errors in case there are bugs. Use
functions which extract the logic to their own portion so that we don't
duplicate it twice in code.

Change-ID: I60d68aeb887976787dec00b23ab386a106e61465
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
cbebb85f30 i40e: avoid looping to check whether we're in VLAN mode
We determine that a VSI is in vlan_mode whenever it has any filters
with a VLAN other than -1 (I40E_VLAN_ALL). The previous method of doing
so was to perform a loop whenever we needed the check. However, we can
notice that only place where filters are added (i40e_add_filter) can
change the condition from false to true, and the only place we can
return to false is in i40e_vsi_sync_filters_subtask. Thus, we can remove
the loop and use a boolean directly.

Doing this avoids looping over filters repeatedly especially while we're
already inside a loop over all the filters. This should reduce the
latency of filter operations throughout the driver.

Change-ID: Iafde08df588da2a2ea666997d05e11fad8edc338
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Alan Brady
84f5ca6cf4 i40e: fix MAC filters when removing VLANs
Currently there exists a bug where adding at least one VLAN and then
removing all VLANs leaves the mac filters for the VSI with an incorrect
value for 'vid' which indicates the mac filter's VLAN status.

The current implementation for handling the removal of VLANs is wrong
for a couple reasons. The first is that when i40e_vsi_kill_vlan
iterates through the MAC filters, it fails to account for the MAC filter
status; i.e. it's not accommodating for filters that are about to be
deleted. The second problem is that MAC filters can be deleted in other
places (specifically i40e_set_rx_mode). Thus if it occurs that all the
VLAN MAC filters get deleted we need to switch out of VLAN mode, but the
code path through i40e_vsi_kill_vlan has already been executed and we're
now stuck in VLAN mode.

This patch fixes the issue by removing the check from i40e_vsi_kill_vlan
and puts the check instead in i40e_sync_vsi_filters where we're
guaranteed to see all filter deletions and can properly detect when we
need to switch out of VLAN mode.

Change-ID: Ib38fe6034b356eee9a0e20b8a9eeed5ff2debcd9
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
4a2ce27bb5 i40e: properly cleanup on allocation failure in i40e_sync_vsi_filters
Currently, we fail to correctly restore filters on the temporary add
list when we fail to allocate memory either for deletion or addition.
Replace calls to "goto out;" with calls to a new location that correctly
handles memory allocation failures.

Note that it is safe for us to call i40e_undo_filter_entries on the
tmp_del_list even after we've deleted filters because at this point it
will be empty, so we don't need to separate the logic for add and
delete failure.

Change-Id: Iee107fd219c6e03e2fd9645c2debf8e8384a8521
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
278e7d0b9d i40e: store MAC/VLAN filters in a hash with the MAC Address as key
Replace the mac_filter_list with a static size hash table of 8bits. The
primary advantage of this is a decrease in latency of operations related
to searching for specific MAC filters, including .set_rx_mode. Using
a linked list resulted in several locations which were O(n^2). Using
a hash table should give us latency growth closer to O(n*log(n)).

Change-ID: I5330bd04053b880e670210933e35830b95948ebb
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
290d255719 i40e: implement __i40e_del_filter and use where applicable
When inside a loop where we call i40e_del_filter we use an O(n^2)
pattern where i40e_del_filter calls i40e_find_filter for us. We can
avoid this O(n^2) logic by factoring a function, __i40e_del_filter() out
from the i40e_del_filter code. This allows us to re-use the delete logic
where appropriate without having to search for the filter twice.

This new function benefits several functions including i40e_vsi_add_vlan,
i40e_vsi_kill_vlan, i40e_del_mac_vlan_all, and i40e_vsi_release.

Change-ID: I75fabe0f53bf73f56b80d342e5fdcfcc28f4d3eb
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
57b341d666 i40e: When searching all MAC/VLAN filters, ignore removed filters
When adding new MAC address filters, the driver determines if it should
behave in VLAN mode (where all MAC addresses get assigned to every
existing VLAN) or in non-VLAN mode where MAC addresses get assigned the
VLAN_ANY identifier. Under some circumstances it is possible that a VLAN
has been marked for removal (such that all filters of that VLAN are set
to I40E_FILTER_REMOVE), and a subsequent call to i40e_put_mac_in_vlan
may occur prior to the driver subtask that syncs filters to the
hardware.

In this case, we may add filters to the new removed VLAN, even though it
should have been removed. This is most obvious when first adding a new
VLAN. We will delete all filters which are in I40E_VLAN_ANY (-1) and
then re-add them as in VLAN 0 (untagged). Then before we sync filters,
we will add new MAC address filter, which will be added to every VLAN
that exists. Unfortunately, this will include I40E_VLAN_ANY, so we will
end up incorrectly adding filters to the -1 VLAN. This can be fixed by
simply skipping all filters which are marked for removal.

A similar check is not necessary in i40e_del_mac_all_vlan, since we are
deleting, and any filter which we find already marked for removal would
simply be deleted again, which doesn't cause any issues.

Change-Id: I7962154013ce02fe950584690aeeb3ed853d0086
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
5feb3d7b0c i40e: refactor i40e_put_mac_in_vlan to avoid changing f->vlan
When a PVID has been assigned to a VSI, the function
i40e_put_mac_in_vlan arbitrarily modifies all filters
to have the same VLAN. This is obviously incorrect
because it could be modifying active filters without
putting them into the NEW state. The correct method
is to remove then re-add filters which is already done
in the code where we assign the PVID.

Fix this issue and a few other minor nits at the same
time. First, when we have a PVID don't even bother
looping and simply add the filter with the PVID immediately.

In the case of the loop, we now can remove several checks.
We also don't need to use i40e_find_filter first before
calling i40e_add_filter, since i40e_add_filter implicitly
does a lookup already.

Finally, update the return semantics of this function so
that on failure to add a filter it returns NULL, but on
success, it returns the last filter added. Otherwise,
we're just returning the last filter in the list. An
alternative fix might be to return 0 or an error code,
but this is pretty invasive to every call site.

Change-ID: I2325dfd843aec76d89fb0d7cb0e7c4f290a34840
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
35ec2ff37c i40e: move i40e_put_mac_in_vlan and i40e_del_mac_all_vlan
A future patch will be modifying these functions and making a call to
a static function which currently is defined after these functions. Move
them in a separate patch to ease review and ensure the moved code is
correct.

Change-ID: I2ca7fd4e10c0c07ed2291db1ea41bf5987fc6474
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
6622f5cdba i40e: make use of __dev_uc_sync and __dev_mc_sync
The kernel provides __dev_uc_sync and __dev_mc_sync in order for drivers
which need individual notification of add and delete for each filter.
These functions allow us to vastly simplify our .set_rx_mode handler. We
need to implement two functions for sync and unsync which add and remove
filters respectively.

This change avoids a very complex and inefficient algorithm which
resulted in an abnormal latency for the .set_rx_mode NDO operation. The
resulting code after this change is more readable, more efficient, and
less code.

Due to the callback signature used by these functions we also must
update several other functions to take a const u8 * pointer.

Change-Id: I2ca7fd4e10c0c07ed2291db1ea41bf5987fc6474
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Jacob Keller
1bc87e807a i40e: drop is_vf and is_netdev fields in struct i40e_mac_filter
Originally the is_vf and is_netdev fields were added in order to
distinguish between VF and netdev filters in a single VSI. However, it
can be noted that we use separate VSI for SRIOV VFs and for netdev VSI.
Thus, since a single VSI should only ever have one type of filter, we
can simply remove the checks and remove the typing.

In a similar fashion, we can note that the only remaining way to get
multiple filters of a single type is through a debug command that was
added to debugfs. This command is useless in practice, and results in
causing bugs if we keep counter tracking but lose the is_vf and
is_netdev protections as desired above.

Since the only time we'd actually have a counter value besides 0 and
1 is through use of this debugfs hook, we can remove this unnecessary
command, and the entire counter logic it required.

We vastly simplify mac filters by removing

(a) the distinction between VF and netdev filters
(b) counting logic
(c) the ability to add and remove filters bypassing the stack via debugfs

Change-ID: Idf916dd2a1159b1188ddbab5bef6b85ea6bf27d9
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
Colin Ian King
ff00f3a967 i40e: Add missing \n to end of dev_err message
Trival fix, dev_err message is missing a \n, so add it.

Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-31 14:26:40 -07:00
David S. Miller
27058af401 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Mostly simple overlapping changes.

For example, David Ahern's adjacency list revamp in 'net-next'
conflicted with an adjacency list traversal bug fix in 'net'.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-30 12:42:58 -04:00
Alexander Duyck
5d4ca23e58 i40e: Clean up handling of msglevel flags and debug parameter
So the i40e driver had a really convoluted configuration for how to handle
the debug flags contained in msg_level.  Part of the issue is that the
driver has its own 32 bit mask that it was using to track a separate set of
debug features.  From what I can tell it was trying to use the upper 4 bits
to determine if the value was meant to represent a bit-mask or the numeric
value provided by debug level.

What this patch does is clean this up by compressing those 4 bits into bit
31, as a result we just have to perform a check against the value being
negative to determine if we are looking at a debug level (positive), or a
debug mask (negative).  The debug level will populate the msg_level, and
the debug mask will populate the debug_mask in the hardware struct.

I added similar logic for ethtool.  If the value being provided has bit 31
set we assume the value being provided is a debug mask, otherwise we assume
it is a msg_enable mask.  For displaying we only provide the msg_enable,
and if debug_mask is in use we will print it to the dmesg log.

Lastly I removed the debugfs interface.  It is redundant with what we
already have in ethtool and really doesn't belong anyway.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
David Ertman
c17ef430b9 i40e: Fix bit logic error in failure case
Patch a036244c06 "i40e: Fix kernel panic on enable/disable LLDP"
introduced an error in bit logic.

Originally this bit manipulation was meant to clear two bits to indicate
that DCB was not enabled or capable. An "&" was incorrectly used instead
of an "|" bit operator to combine the two bitmasks into one.  This also
created a static checker error since the resultant code was a no-op.

This patch fixes the error by using the correct bit-wise operator.

Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Bimmy Pujari
cf465fe750 i40e/i40evf: Changed version from 1.6.19 to 1.6.21
Signed-off-by: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Filip Sadowski
53cb6e9e89 i40e: Removal of workaround for simple MAC address filter deletion
This is code refactoring. This patch removes the workaround which deleted
a default MAC filter added by the firmware when the interface was brought
up. This filter caused frames to pass disregarding the VLAN tagging.
It used to be automatically applied after reset in pre-SRA FW versions.
This workaround is not needed in production NICs and hence can be removed.

Change-ID: I129fe1aae1f17b5a224c9b29a996d916aa1be1ec
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Carolyn Wyborny
ab425cb7ff i40e: Fix for long link down notification time
This patch fixes a problem where it could take a very
long time (>100 msec) to print the link down notification.
This problem is fixed by changing how often we update link
info from fw, when link is down. Without this patch, it can
take over 100msec to notify user link is down.

Change-ID: Ib876eb30834c7080792becd13ee093b9cbb35d78
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
99dad8b34c i40e: Drop redundant Rx descriptor processing code
This patch cleans up several pieces of redundant code in the Rx clean-up
paths.

The first bit is that hdr_addr and the status_err_len portions of the Rx
descriptor represent the same value.  As such there is no point in setting
them to 0 before setting them to 0.  I'm dropping the second spot where we
are updating the value to 0 so that we only have 1 write for this value
instead of 2.

The second piece is the checking for the DD bit in the packet.  We only
need to check for a non-zero value for the status_err_len because if the
device is done with the descriptor it will have written something back and
the DD is just one piece of it.  In addition I have moved the reading of
the Rx descriptor bits related to rx_ptype down so that they are actually
below the dma_rmb() call so that we are guaranteed that we don't have any
funky 64b on 32b calls causing any ordering issues.

Change-ID: I256e44a025d3c64a7224aaaec37c852bfcb1871b
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Lihong Yang
128150576f i40e: fix confusing dmesg info for ethtool -L option
Ethtool -L option with the combined parameter is for changing the number of
multi-purpose channels of the specified network device. The pre-set maximum
for the combined channels is cpu dependent. Currently, for an i40e device,
when the user sets a value between 64 and the maximum that the cpu can
support for the combined parameter, the i40e driver displays the confusing
info in dmesg to only show 64 as the RSS count regardless of what the
accepted user input is as long as it is larger than 64.

This patch fixes the message in the i40e driver when the user uses
ethtool -L to change the number of the combined channels to consistently
display the user requested value if it is valid and accepted by ethtool.

Change-ID: Ia80a68bc844b779a49e0f76e7d3dcc915032d9af
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Joe Perches
fe180a5e27 i40e: Make struct i40e_stats const
Move some data to text

$ size drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_ethtool.o*
   text	   data	    bss	    dec	    hex	filename
  25012	      0	     32	  25044	   61d4	drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_ethtool.o.new
  22868	   2120	     32	  25020	   61bc	drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_ethtool.o.old

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Bimmy Pujari
4adbb642ea i40e/i40evf: Changed version from 1.6.16 to 1.6.19
Signed-off-by: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Alan Brady
96db776a36 i40e/i40evf: fix interrupt affinity bug
There exists a bug in which a 'perfect storm' can occur and cause
interrupts to fail to be correctly affinitized. This causes unexpected
behavior and has a substantial impact on performance when it happens.

The bug occurs if there is heavy traffic, any number of CPUs that have
an i40e interrupt are pegged at 100%, and the interrupt afffinity for
those CPUs is changed.  Instead of moving to the new CPU, the interrupt
continues to be polled while there is heavy traffic.

The bug is most readily realized as the driver is first brought up and
all interrupts start on CPU0. If there is heavy traffic and the
interrupt starts polling before the interrupt is affinitized, the
interrupt will be stuck on CPU0 until traffic stops. The bug, however,
can also be wrought out more simply by affinitizing all the interrupts
to a single CPU and then attempting to move any of those interrupts off
while there is heavy traffic.

This patch fixes the bug by registering for update notifications from
the kernel when the interrupt affinity changes. When that fires, we
cache the intended affinity mask. Then, while polling, if the cpu is
pegged at 100% and we failed to clean the rings, we check to make sure
we have the correct affinity and stop polling if we're firing on the
wrong CPU.  When the kernel successfully moves the interrupt, it will
start polling on the correct CPU. The performance impact is minimal
since the only time this section gets executed is when performance is
already compromised by the CPU.

Change-ID: I4410a880159b9dba1f8297aa72bef36dca34e830
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Preethi Banala
6d6fd1be2a i40e: group base mode VF offload flags
Group together the minimum set of offload capabilities that are always
supported by VF in base mode. This define would be used by PF to make
sure VF in base mode gets minimum of base capabilities .

Change-ID: Id5e8f22ba169c8f0a38d22fc36b2cb531c02582c
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Mitch Williams
7be96322a5 i40e: reopen client after reset
Allow the client interface to reopen existing clients if they were
closed. This allows clients to recover from reset, which is essential
for supporting VF RDMA. In one instance, the driver was not clearing the
open bit when the client was closed. Add the code to clear this bit so
that the state is accurate and the driver will not attempt to reopen
already-open clients. Remove the ref_cnt variable; it was just getting
in the way and was not being used consistently.

Change-ID: Ic71af4553b096963ac0c56a997f887c9a4ed162d
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
e1da71ca88 i40e: Drop code for unsupported flow types
We cannot currently support SCTP in the hardware, and IPV4_FLOW is not used
anywhere by the software so we can go through and drop the functionality
related to these two flow types.

In addition we cannot support masking based on the protocol value so if the
user is expecting a value other than TCP or UDP we should simply return an
error rather then trying to allocate a filter for a rule that will only
partially match what the user requested.

Change-ID: I10d52bb97d8104d76255fe244551814ff9531a63
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
dc7621205a i40e: Remove unused function i40e_vsi_lookup
The function is not used so there is no need to carry it forward.  I have
plans to add a slightly different function that can be inlined to handle
the same kind of functionality.

Change-ID: Ie2dfcb189dc75e5fbc156bac23003e3b4210ae0f
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Filip Sadowski
7ed3573223 i40e: Bit test mask correction
Incorrect bit mask was used for testing "get link status" response.
Instead of I40E_AQ_LSE_ENABLE (which is actually 0x03) it most probably
should be I40E_AQ_LSE_IS_ENABLED (which is defined as 0x01).

Change-ID: Ia199142906720507f847de3a33a25c61a9781b2f
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
ed245406da i40e: Rewrite Flow Director busy wait loop
We can reorder the busy wait loop at the start of the Flow Director
transmit function to reduce the overall code size while still retaining the
same functionality.  As such I am taking advantage of the opportunity to do
so.

Change-ID: I34c403ca001953c6ac9816e65d5305e73d869026
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Carolyn Wyborny
c73d2e8462 i40e: Fix client interaction
This patch fixes a problem in the client interface that
was causing random stack traces in RDMA driver load and
unload tests.  This patch fixes the problem by checking
for an existing client before trying to open it.  Without
this patch, there is a timing related null pointer deref.

Change-ID: Ib73d30671a27f6f9770dd53b3e5292b88d6b62da
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-28 23:28:39 -07:00
Huaibin Wang
599b076d15 i40e: fix call of ndo_dflt_bridge_getlink()
Order of arguments is wrong.
The wrong code has been introduced by commit 7d4f8d871a, but is compiled
only since commit 9df70b6641.

Note that this may break netlink dumps.

Fixes: 9df70b6641 ("i40e: Remove incorrect #ifdef's")
Fixes: 7d4f8d871a ("switchdev; add VLAN support for port's bridge_getlink")
CC: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Huaibin Wang <huaibin.wang@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-27 14:12:52 -07:00
Guilherme G Piccoli
4c95aa5d8f i40e: disable MSI-X interrupts if we cannot reserve enough vectors
If we fail on allocating enough MSI-X interrupts, we should disable
them since they were previously enabled in this point of code.

Not disabling them can lead to WARN_ON() being triggered and subsequent
failure in enabling MSI as a fallback; the below message was shown without
this patch while we played with interrupt allocation in i40e driver:

[ 21.461346] sysfs: cannot create duplicate filename '/devices/pci0007:00/0007:00:00.0/0007:01:00.3/msi_irqs'
[ 21.461459] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 21.461514] WARNING: CPU: 64 PID: 1155 at fs/sysfs/dir.c:31 sysfs_warn_dup+0x88/0xc0

Also, we noticed that without this patch, if we modprobe the module without
enough MSI-X interrupts (triggering the above warning), unload the module
and re-load it again, we got a crash on the system.

Signed-off-by: Guilherme G Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-27 14:10:49 -07:00
David Ertman
ea6acb7ef7 i40e: Fix configure TCs after initial DCB disable
in commit a036244c06 a fix
was put into place to avoid a kernel panic when a non-
supported traffic class configuration was put into place
and then lldp was enabled/disabled on the link partner
switch.  This fix caused it to be necessary to
unload/reload the driver to reenable DCB once a supported
TC config was in place.

The root cause of the original panic was that the function
i40e_pf_get_default_tc was allowing for a default TC other
than TC 0, and only TC 0 is supported as a default.

This patch removes the get_default_tc function and replaces
it with a #define since there is only one TC supported as
a default.

Change-Id: I448371974e946386d0a7718d73668b450b7c72ef
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ronald Bynoe <ronald.j.bynoe@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-27 14:08:56 -07:00
Emil Tantilov
a3b8cb1f84 ixgbe: fix panic when using macvlan with l2-fwd-offload enabled
Fix NULL pointer dereference in the case where a macvlan interface is
brought up while the PF is still down:

BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000010
IP: [<ffffffffa0170fb2>] ixgbe_alloc_rx_buffers+0x42/0x1a0 [ixgbe]

Call Trace:
[<ffffffffa017336b>] ixgbe_configure_rx_ring+0x2eb/0x3d0 [ixgbe]
[<ffffffffa0173811>] ixgbe_fwd_ring_up+0xd1/0x380 [ixgbe]
[<ffffffffa0179709>] ixgbe_fwd_add+0x149/0x230 [ixgbe]
[<ffffffffa0113480>] macvlan_open+0x260/0x2b0 [macvlan]

Reported-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@coreos.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-10-27 14:07:21 -07:00
David Ahern
1cd127fc7d ixgbe: Flip to the new dev walk API
Convert ixgbe users to new dev walk API. This is just a code conversion;
no functional change is intended.

Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 11:44:59 -04:00
Jarod Wilson
91c527a556 ethernet/intel: use core min/max MTU checking
e100: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 1500
- remove e100_change_mtu entirely, is identical to old eth_change_mtu,
  and no longer serves a purpose. No need to set min_mtu or max_mtu
  explicitly, as ether_setup() will already set them to 68 and 1500.

e1000: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 16110

e1000e: min_mtu 68, max_mtu varies based on adapter

fm10k: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 15342
- remove fm10k_change_mtu entirely, does nothing now

i40e: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9706

i40evf: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9706

igb: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9216
- There are two different "max" frame sizes claimed and both checked in
  the driver, the larger value wasn't relevant though, so I've set max_mtu
  to the smaller of the two values here to retain identical behavior.

igbvf: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9216
- Same issue as igb duplicated

ixgb: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 16114
- Also remove pointless old == new check, as that's done in dev_set_mtu

ixgbe: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9710

ixgbevf: min_mtu 68, max_mtu dependent on hardware/firmware
- Some hw can only handle up to max_mtu 1504 on a vf, others 9710

CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org
CC: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-18 11:34:18 -04:00
Shmulik Ladkani
5724b8b569 net/sched: tc_mirred: Rename public predicates 'is_tcf_mirred_redirect' and 'is_tcf_mirred_mirror'
These accessors are used in various drivers that support tc offloading,
to detect properties of a given 'tc_action'.

'is_tcf_mirred_redirect' tests that the action is TCA_EGRESS_REDIR.
'is_tcf_mirred_mirror' tests that the action is TCA_EGRESS_MIRROR.

As a prep towards supporting INGRESS redir/mirror, rename these
predicates to reflect their true meaning:
  s/is_tcf_mirred_redirect/is_tcf_mirred_egress_redirect/
  s/is_tcf_mirred_mirror/is_tcf_mirred_egress_mirror/

Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-14 10:23:06 -04:00